e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission
File No. 001-33861
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
New York
|
|
11-2153962 |
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
2929 California Street, Torrance, California
|
|
90503 |
|
|
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
Zip Code |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (310) 212-7910
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: common stock, $0.01 par value per share
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer þ
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act). Yes o No þ
As of September 28, 2007, which was the last business day of the registrants most recently
completed fiscal second quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held
by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $115,246,871 based on the closing
inter-dealer quotation as tracked on the pink sheets.
There were 12,070,555 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 9, 2008.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
GLOSSARY
The following terms are frequently used in the text of this report and have the meanings indicated
below.
Used Core An alternator or starter which has been used in the operation of a vehicle. The Used
Core is an original equipment (OE) alternator or starter installed by the vehicle manufacturer
and subsequently removed for replacement. Used Cores contain salvageable parts which are an
important raw material in the remanufacturing process. We obtain most Used Cores by providing
credits to our customers for Used Cores returned to us under our core exchange program. Our
customers receive these Used Cores from consumers who deliver a Used Core to obtain credit from our
customers upon the purchase of a newly remanufactured alternator or starter. If sufficient Used
Cores cannot be obtained from our customers, we will purchase Used Cores from core brokers, who are
in the business of buying and selling Used Cores. The Used Cores purchased from core brokers or
returned to us by our customers under the core exchange program, and which have been physically
received by us, are part of our raw material or work in process inventory included in long-term
core inventory.
Remanufactured Core The Used Core underlying an alternator or starter that has gone through
the remanufacturing process and through that process has become part of a newly remanufactured
alternator or starter. The remanufacturing process takes a Used Core, breaks it down into its
component parts, replaces those components that cannot be reused and reassembles the salvageable
components of the Used Core and additional new components into a remanufactured alternator or
starter. Remanufactured Cores are included in our on-hand finished goods inventory and in the
remanufactured finished good product held for sale at customer locations. Used Cores returned by
consumers to our customers but not yet returned to us continue to be classified as Remanufactured
Cores until we physically receive these Used Cores. All Remanufactured Cores are included in our
long-term core inventory or in our long-term core inventory deposit.
3
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the
Company, we, us, and our refer to Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its subsidiaries. This
Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our
actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in any forward-looking
statements. Discussions containing such forward-looking statements may be found in the material set
forth under Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, as well as within this Form 10-K generally.
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Our SEC filings are available free of charge to the
public over the Internet at the SECs website at www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available
free of charge on our website www.motorcarparts.com. You may also read and copy any document we
file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, NE, Washington, D.C.20549. Please
call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room.
PART I
Item 1. Business
General
We remanufacture alternators and starters for imported and domestic cars and light trucks and
distribute them throughout the United States and Canada. We sell to most of the largest auto parts
retail chains in the United States and Canada, including AutoZone, Pep Boys, OReilly Automotive
and CSK Automotive. We believe the five largest auto parts retail chains currently control
approximately 44% of the North American after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters.
Growth of the after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters is driven by replacement
rates. We believe that replacement rates generally increase with increases in miles driven and the
age of registered vehicles. According to industry sources, total annual miles driven in the United
States started to decline in late calendar 2007. In our view, it is too early to determine whether
this a temporary decline or the beginning of a longer-term trend. On the other hand, based on
industry sources, the number of registered vehicles in the United States that are eight years old
or older has been, and appears to be continuing to grow. Vehicles eight years old or older have
replacement rates for alternators and starters that are significantly higher than vehicles that are
less than eight years old. Improvements in the quality of alternators and starters in certain
newer vehicles have resulted in declining replacement rates for those vehicles; however, as these
vehicles age and accumulate mileage, the alternators and starters will ultimately fail. In other
words, we believe that the replacement of alternators and starters in these vehicles has been
deferred, not avoided entirely.
Historically, our business has focused on the do-it-yourself (DIY) market, customers who buy
remanufactured alternators and starters at an auto parts retail store and install the parts
themselves. We believe that the do-it-for-me (DIFM) market, also known as the professional
installer market, is an attractive opportunity for growth. We believe we are positioned to benefit
from this market opportunity in three ways: one, our auto parts retail customers are expanding
their efforts to target the professional installer market segment; two, we sell our products to
General Motors for distribution to professional installers through its Service Parts Operation; and
three, we sell our products under our Quality-Built brand label directly to suppliers that focus
on professional installers.
While we continually seek to diversify our customer base, we currently derive, and have
historically derived, a substantial portion of our sales from a small number of customers. During
fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, sales to our five largest customers constituted approximately 94%, 96%
and 96%, respectively, of our net sales. To mitigate the risk associated with this concentration
of sales, we have increasingly sought to enter into longer-term customer agreements with our major
customers. These longer-term agreements typically require us to commit a significant amount of our
working capital to build inventory and increase production. In addition, they typically include
marketing and other allowances that adversely impact near-term revenue and may require us to incur
certain
4
changeover expenses. To respond to our increased need for working capital and to strengthen our
overall financial position, in May 2007 we completed a private placement of common stock and
warrants that resulted in gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of
$36,905,000.
To offset the pricing pressure and costs associated with our agreements with our largest customers,
we have moved almost all our remanufacturing operations from Torrance, California to lower cost
facilities in Mexico and Malaysia. During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately 91%, 64% and
32%, respectively, of our total production was produced by our subsidiaries in Mexico and Malaysia.
We currently expect that approximately 95% of our fiscal 2009 production of remanufactured units
will be outside the United States. We expect to maintain production of remanufactured units that
require specialized service and/or rapid turnaround in our Torrance facility for the near term. We
are also continuing to transition warehousing and shipping/receiving operations from our Torrance
facility to our facilities in Mexico.
In connection with our transition efforts, in September 2007 we exercised our right to cancel the
lease of our Torrance facility, effective May 31, 2008, with respect to approximately 80,000 square
feet previously utilized for core receipt, storage and packing. The transition of these functions
to our facilities in Mexico is almost complete.
We also closed our warehouse distribution facility in Nashville, Tennessee in the second quarter of
fiscal 2008. We have subleased this facility for the remainder of the lease term.
Company Products
During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, sales of replacement alternators and starters for imported and
domestic cars and light trucks constituted 99% of our total sales. Alternators and starters are
non-elective replacement parts in all makes and models of vehicles because they are required for a
vehicle to operate. Currently, approximately 94% of our units are sold for resale under customer
private labels. The balance is sold under our Quality-Built brand label.
Our alternators and starters are produced to meet or exceed original manufacturer specifications.
We remanufacture alternators and starters for virtually all imported and domestic vehicles sold in
the United States and Canada. Remanufacturing creates a supply of parts at a lower cost to the end
user than newly manufactured parts and makes available automotive parts which are no longer being
manufactured as new. Remanufacturing also relieves automotive repair shops of the need to rebuild
worn parts on an individual basis and conserves material which would otherwise be used to
manufacture new replacement parts. Our remanufactured parts are sold at competitively lower prices
than most new replacement parts.
We recycle nearly all materials in keeping with our focus of positively impacting the environment.
All parts, including metal from the Used Cores, and corrugated packaging are recycled.
The technology and the specifications for the components used in our products, particularly
alternators, have become more advanced in response to the installation in vehicles of an increasing
number of electrical components such as navigation systems, steering wheel-mounted electronic
controls, keyless entry devices, heated rear windows and seats, high-powered stereo systems and DVD
players. As a result of this increased electrical demand, alternators require more advanced
technology and higher grade components and per unit sales prices of replacement alternators have
increased accordingly. The increasing complexity of cars and light trucks and the number of
different makes and models of these vehicles have resulted in a significant increase in the number
of different alternators and starters required to service imported and domestic cars and light
trucks. In addition to the over 1,600 stock keeping units (SKUs) for heavy trucks and a variety
of industrial and OE applications reflecting our acquisition of certain assets of Automotive
Importing Manufacturing, Inc. (AIM), we carry over 2,500 SKUs which cover applications for most
imported and domestic cars and light trucks sold in the United States and Canada.
Customers: Customer Concentration
Our products are marketed throughout the United States and Canada. Currently, we serve four of the
five largest retail automotive chain stores with an aggregate of approximately 7,700 retail outlets
as well as small to medium-
5
sized automotive warehouse distributors. The products we sell to one of the largest automobile
manufacturers in the world are distributed to over 14,000 dealers and approximately 100 dedicated
distributors.
We are substantially dependent upon sales to our major customers. During fiscal 2008, 2007 and
2006, sales to our five largest customers constituted approximately 94%, 96%, and 96%,
respectively, of our net sales, and sales to our largest customer AutoZone, constituted 53%, 64%
and 70%, respectively, of our net sales. Any meaningful reduction in the level of sales to any of
these customers, deterioration of any customers financial condition or the loss of a customer
could have a materially adverse impact upon us.
Customer Arrangements; Impact on Working Capital
We have long-term agreements with substantially all of our major customers. Under these agreements,
which typically have initial terms of at least four years, we are designated as the exclusive or
primary supplier for specified categories of remanufactured alternators and starters. Because of
the very competitive nature of the market for remanufactured starters and alternators and the
limited number of customers for these products, our customers have sought and obtained price
concessions, significant marketing allowances and more favorable delivery and payment terms in
consideration for our designation as a customers exclusive or primary supplier. These incentives
differ from contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount of credits
against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (ii) support
for a particular customers research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled basis, (iii)
discounts granted in connection with each individual shipment of product and (iv) other marketing,
research, store expansion or product development support. We have also entered into agreements to
purchase certain customers Remanufactured Core inventory and to issue credits to pay for that
inventory according to a schedule set forth in the agreement. These contracts typically require
that we meet ongoing performance, quality and fulfillment requirements. An agreement with one
customer grants the customer the right to terminate the agreement at any time for any reason. Our
contracts with major customers expire at various dates ranging from August 2008 through December
2012.
These longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships and business base. The increased
demand for product that we have experienced has caused a significant increase in our inventories,
accounts payable and personnel. Customer demands that we purchase their Remanufactured Core
inventory have also been a significant and an additional strain on our available working capital.
The marketing and other allowances we typically grant our customers in connection with our new or
expanded customer relationships adversely impact the near-term revenues, profitability and
associated cash flows from these arrangements. However, we believe the investment we make in these
new or expanded customer relationships will improve our overall liquidity and cash flow from
operations over time. Accordingly, in order to respond to our increased need for working capital
and to strengthen our overall financial position, in May 2007 we completed a private placement of
common stock and warrants that resulted in gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net
proceeds of $36,905,000 after expenses.
Multi-Year Inventory Transactions
During the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, we entered into a number of transactions with
respect to our inventory. Specifically, as of March 31, 2008, we are still a party to agreements
with two major customers that require us to record on our books inventory held by them.
The inventory transaction with our largest customer has had a material impact on our reported
results and working capital for the last three fiscal years. We entered into the initial four-year
agreement with this customer in May 2004. Under this agreement, we became the primary supplier of
imported alternators and starters for eight of this customers distribution centers and agreed to
sell this customer certain products on a pay-on-scan (POS) basis. Under the POS arrangement, we
continued to carry the inventory that this retailer had on its shelf for resale until that
inventory was sold to an end user. At that point, we were entitled to receive payment. As part of
the 2004 agreement, we purchased approximately $24,000,000 of this customers inventory through the
issuance of credits against receivables from that customer. The last of these credits was issued in
April 2006. The parties also agreed to use reasonable commercial efforts to convert the overall
purchasing relationship to a POS arrangement by April 2006, and, if the POS conversion was not
fully accomplished by that time, we agreed to convert $24,000,000 of this customers inventory to a
POS arrangement by purchasing this inventory through the issuance of credits of $1,000,000 per
month over a 24-month period ending April 2008.
6
The POS conversion was not completed by April 2006, and the parties agreed to terminate the POS
arrangement as of August 24, 2006. As part of the August 2006 agreement, the customer purchased
those products previously shipped on a POS basis. The net effect of this transaction, after the
application of our revenue recognition policies, was an increase in net sales of $11,733,000 for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. This agreement also extended the term of our primary supplier
rights from May 2008 to August 2008.
Under this agreement, we purchased approximately $19,980,000 of the customers Remanufactured Core
inventory by issuing credits to the customer in that amount on August 31, 2006. In establishing the
related long-term core inventory deposit, we valued these Remanufactured Cores at $11,918,000 based
on the then current cost of long-term core inventory. The resulting $8,062,000 reduction in the
carrying value of these Remanufactured Cores reduced our net sales for the fiscal year ended March
31, 2007 by the same amount. If our agreement with this customer is terminated, the customer is
obligated to purchase any unreturned Remanufactured or Used Cores from us for cash either
immediately or over a period of time as that customer liquidates its inventory. The amount of the
payment is based upon the contractual per Remanufactured Core price. This contractual price exceeds
the value used to establish the long-term core inventory deposit. As of March 31, 2008, the
long-term core inventory deposit balance related to this agreement was approximately $19,629,000.
Long-term core inventory deposit related to this August 31, 2006 transaction has not changed, but
the total balance in the account has increased due to additional subsequent Remanufactured Core
purchases.
In March 2005, we entered into an agreement with another major customer. As part of this agreement,
our designation as this customers exclusive supplier of remanufactured imported alternators and
starters was extended from February 28, 2008 to December 31, 2012. In addition to customary
marketing allowances, we agreed to acquire the customers imported alternator and starter
Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing $10,300,000 of credits over a five-year period. In the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the total credits to be issued was reduced to $9,940,000, resulting
from the reconciliation of the number of Remanufactured Core inventory available at customer
locations. The amount of credits issued is subject to adjustment if sales to the customer decrease
in any quarter by more than an agreed upon percentage. As of March 31, 2008, approximately
$3,623,000 of credits remain to be issued. The customer is obligated to purchase any unreturned
Remanufactured or Used Cores in the customers inventory upon termination of the agreement for any
reason. As we issue credits to this customer, we establish a long-term core inventory deposit
account for the value of the Remanufactured Core inventory estimated to be on hand with the
customer and subject to purchase upon termination of the agreement, and reduce revenue by the
amount by which the credit exceeds the estimated Remanufactured Core inventory value. As of March
31, 2008, the long-term core inventory deposit balance related to this agreement was approximately
$2,848,000. We regularly review the long-term core inventory deposit account using the same asset
valuation methodologies we use to value our unreturned Remanufactured Core inventory.
In July 2006, we entered into an agreement with a new customer to become its primary supplier of
alternators and starters. As part of this agreement, we agreed to acquire a portion of the
customers imported alternator and starter Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing approximately
$950,000 of credits over twenty quarters. On May 22, 2007, the agreement was amended to eliminate
our obligation to acquire this Remanufactured Core inventory, and the customer refunded
approximately $142,000 in accounts receivable credits previously issued. Under an amendment
effective January 25, 2008, we agreed to accelerate $2,300,000 of promotional allowances provided
under this agreement. These promotional allowances otherwise would have been earned by the customer
during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the first quarter of fiscal 2009. At the same time,
our contract with this customer was extended through January 31, 2011.
Competition
The after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters is highly competitive. Our most
significant competitors are a division of Remy International, Inc. and BBB Industries. We also
compete with several medium-sized remanufacturers and a large number of smaller regional and
specialty remanufacturers. Overseas manufacturers, particularly those located in China, are
increasing their operations and could become a significant competitive force in the future.
7
We believe that the reputation for quality and customer service that a supplier enjoys is a
significant factors in a customers purchase decision. We believe that these factors favor our
company, which provides quality replacement automotive products, rapid and reliable delivery
capabilities as well as promotional support. In this regard, there is increasing pressure from
customers, particularly the largest customers, to provide efficient delivery to promptly meet
customer orders. While this pressure increases our need to build inventory levels, we believe that
our ability to provide efficient delivery distinguishes us from many of our competitors and
provides a competitive advantage. Price and payment terms are very important competitive factors.
The concentration of our sales among a small group of customers has limited our ability to
negotiate more favorable terms for sales of our products.
For the most part, our products have not been patented nor do we believe that our products are
patentable. We seek to protect our proprietary processes and other information by relying on trade
secret laws and non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with certain of our employees and
other persons who have access to our proprietary processes and other information.
Included in sales are royalties we receive from the licensing of intellectual property developed
over many years related to rotating electrical products (alternators and starters).
Company Operations
Production Process. Our remanufacturing process begins with the receipt of used alternators and
starters, commonly known as Used Cores, from our customers or core brokers. The Used Cores are
evaluated for inventory control purposes and then sorted by part number. Each Used Core is
completely disassembled into its fundamental components. The components are cleaned in a process
that employs customized equipment and cleaning materials in accordance with the required
specifications of the particular component. All components known to be subject to major wear and
those components determined not to be reusable or repairable are replaced by new components.
Non-salvageable components of the Used Core are sold as scrap.
After the cleaning process is complete, the salvageable components of the Used Core are inspected
and tested as prescribed by our ISO TS 16949 approved quality control program, which is implemented
throughout the production process. (ISO TS 16949 is an internationally recognized, world class,
automotive quality system.) Upon passage of all tests, which are monitored by designated quality
control personnel, all the component parts are assembled in a work cell into a finished product.
Inspection and testing are conducted at multiple stages of the remanufacturing process, and each
finished product is inspected and tested on equipment designed to simulate performance under
operating conditions. Finished products are either stored in our warehouse facility or packaged for
immediate shipment. To maximize remanufacturing efficiency, we store component parts ready for
assembly in our warehousing facilities. Our management information systems, including hardware and
software, facilitate the remanufacturing process from Used Cores to finished products.
We continue to explore opportunities for improving efficiencies in our remanufacturing process. In
the last few years, we have reorganized our remanufacturing processes to combine product families
with similar configurations into dedicated factory work cells. This remanufacturing process, known
as lean manufacturing, replaced the more traditional assembly line approach we had previously
utilized and eliminated a large number of inventory moves and the need to track inventory movement
through the remanufacturing process. This new process impacted all of our production in California
and Malaysia and has been used at our Mexico facility since the beginning of operations. Because of
this lean manufacturing approach, we have significantly reduced the time it takes to produce a
finished product.
Offshore Remanufacturing. The majority of our remanufacturing operations are now conducted at our
remanufacturing facilities in Tijuana, Mexico and Malaysia. We also operate a shipping and
receiving warehouse and testing facility in Singapore. These foreign operations have quality
control standards similar or identical to those implemented at our remanufacturing facilities in
Torrance, California. In fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, our foreign operations produced approximately
91%, 64% and 32%, respectively, of our total unit production. In addition, we moved 100% of our
core sorting functions off-shore and we continue to transition the remaining warehousing, shipping
and packing operations in Torrance, California to our facilities in Mexico. We currently expect
that approximately 95% of our fiscal 2009 production of remanufactured units will be outside the
United States.
8
Used Cores and Other Raw Materials. The majority of our Used Cores are obtained from customers
using our core exchange program. The core exchange program consists of the following steps:
|
|
|
Our customers purchase from us a remanufactured unit to be sold to their consumer. |
|
|
|
|
Our customers offer their consumers a credit to exchange their used unit (Used Core) at
the time the consumer purchases a remanufactured unit. |
|
|
|
|
We, in turn, offer our customers a credit to send us these Used Cores. The credit
reduces our accounts receivable. |
Our customers are not obligated to send us all the Used Cores exchanged by their consumers. We have
historically purchased approximately 15% to 20% of our Used Cores in the open market from core
brokers who specialize in buying and selling Used Cores. Although the open market is not a primary
source of Used Cores, it does offer us a supplemental source for maintaining stock balances, so
that we can continue to meet our raw material demands. Not all Used Cores are reusable.
Remanufacturing consumes, on average, more than one Used Core for each remanufactured unit
produced. Although the yield rates depend upon both the product and customer specifications, our
overall average yield rates are about 85%, meaning we use about 117 Used Cores to provide
sufficient salvageable components to complete 100 remanufactured products. During the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2008, we purchased approximately 23% of our Used Cores from core brokers. This
increase in broker purchases above our historic rates was necessary to accommodate our offshore
operations and to provide efficient delivery to promptly meet customer orders.
The price of a finished product sold to our customers is generally comprised of an amount for
remanufacturing (unit value) and an amount separately invoiced for the Remanufactured Core
included in the product (Remanufactured Core charge). The Remanufactured Core charge is equal to
the credit we offer to induce the customer to use our core exchange program and send back the Used
Cores to replenish the raw materials we need to produce additional finished goods. In accordance
with our net-of-core-value revenue recognition policy, at the time a sale is recorded, we only
recognize as revenue the unit value of the finished product. We also record as long-term core
inventory the cost of Remanufactured Cores included in the finished goods that are shipped to
customers and that we expect to be sent back to us as part of the core exchange program. During
fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately 95%, 96% and 93%, respectively, of the Remanufactured
Cores we shipped as part of finished goods were replaced by similar Used Cores sent back to us
under our core exchange program, resulting in the issuance of credits equal to the related
Remanufactured Core value.
Other materials and components used in remanufacturing are purchased in the open market. Our main
supplier provided approximately 20%, 22% and 21% of our raw materials purchased during the fiscal
years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and we are dependent on that suppliers
ability to provide us with raw materials. No other supplier provided more than 10% of our raw
material needs during these periods.
The ability to obtain Used Cores, materials and components of the types and quantities we need is
essential to our ability to meet demand.
Return Rights. Under our customer agreements and general industry practice, our customers are
allowed stock adjustments when their inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated
sales to end-user consumers. Customers have various contractual rights for stock adjustments which
range from 3%-5% of total units sold. In some instances, we allow a higher level of returns in
connection with a significant update order. Stock adjustment returns are not recorded until they
are authorized by us, and they do not occur at any specific time during the year. In addition, we
allow customers to return goods to us that their end-user consumers have returned to them. This
general right of return is allowed regardless of whether the returned item is defective. We seek to
limit the aggregate of stock adjustment and other customer returns to less than 20% of unit sales.
As is standard in the industry, we only accept returns from on-going customers. If a customer
ceases doing business with us, we have no further obligation to accept additional product returns
from that customer. Similarly, we accept product returns and grant appropriate credits from new
customers from the time the new customer relationship is established. This obligation to accept
returns from new customers does not result in decreased liquidity or increased expenses since we
only accept one returned product for each unit sold to the new customer. The return must be
received by us in the original box of the unit sold.
9
We provide for the anticipated returns of inventory in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists by reducing
revenue and cost of sales for the unit value of goods sold based on a historical return analysis
and information obtained from customers about current stock levels and anticipated stock adjustment
returns.
Sales, Marketing and Distribution. We offer one of the widest varieties of alternators and starters
available to the market, and we market and distribute our products throughout the United States and
Canada. Our products for the automotive retail chain market are primarily sold under our customers
private labels. During fiscal 2004, we expanded our sales efforts beyond automotive retail chains
to include warehouse distribution centers serving professional installers. Our products are sold
under private label and our own Quality-Built brand label. Products are shipped from our
remanufacturing facility in Torrance, California and our fee warehouse facilities in Fairfield, New
Jersey and Springfield, Oregon.
We publish, for print and electronic distribution, a catalog with part numbers and applications for
our alternators and starters along with a detailed technical glossary and informational database.
We believe that we maintain one of the most extensive catalog and product identification systems
available to the market.
Employees. As of March 31, 2008, we had 311 employees in the United States (down from 580 at March
31, 2007), substantially all of whom were located in Torrance, California. Of our U.S.-based
employees, 91 are administrative personnel of which 21 are sales personnel. In addition, at March
31, 2008, we employed 336 people in Singapore and Malaysia, an increase from 309 people at March
31, 2007, and 1,100 people at our remanufacturing facility in Tijuana, Mexico, an increase from 638
people at March 31, 2007. A union represents all hourly employees covered by collective bargaining
agreements at our Mexico facility. All other employees, including our employees at Torrance,
California, are non-union. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.
Seasonality of Business
Historically, extreme weather conditions have impacted alternator and starter failures, resulting
in modest seasonal impacts on our business. Due to their nature and design, as well as the limits
of technology, alternators and starters traditionally have failed when operating in extreme
conditions. During the summer months, when the temperature typically increases over a sustained
period of time, alternators were more likely to fail. Similarly, during winter months, starters
were more likely to fail. This seasonality impact has been diminished by the improvement in the
quality of alternators and starters and does not currently have a material impact on our sales.
Governmental Regulation
Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other
things, emissions to air, discharge to waters, and the generation, handling, storage,
transportation, treatment and disposal of waste and other materials. We believe that our
businesses, operations and facilities have been and are being operated in compliance in all
material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, many of
which provide for substantial fines and criminal sanctions for violations. Potentially significant
expenditures, however, could be required in order to comply with evolving environmental and health
and safety laws, regulations or requirements that may be adopted or imposed in the future.
Evaluation of Strategic Options
We are continuing to evaluate strategic options that we might pursue to enhance shareholder value.
These could include an acquisition of another company or a sale of our company to a third party.
There is no assurance, however, that we will enter into any transaction as a result of our efforts
in this regard.
Acquisition
On May 16, 2008, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of AIM, specifically its operation
which produced new and remanufactured alternators and starters for imported and domestic passenger
vehicles. These products are sold under Talon®, Xtreme® and other brand names.
10
Management believes the acquisition of AIM expands our customer base and the product line,
including the addition of business in heavy duty alternators and starter applications. The assets
and result of operations of AIM were not significant to our consolidated financial position or
results of operations, and thus pro forma information is not presented.
11
Item 1A Risk Factors
While we believe the risk factors described below are all the material risks currently facing our
business, additional risks we are not presently aware of or that we currently believe are
immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our financial condition or results of
operations could be materially and adversely impacted by these risks, and the trading price of our
common stock could be adversely impacted by any of these risks. In assessing these risks, you
should also refer to the other information included in or incorporated by reference into this Form
10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere
or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.
We rely on a few major customers for a significant majority of our business, and the loss of any of
these customers, significant changes in the prices, marketing allowances or other important terms
provided to any of our major customers or adverse developments with respect to the financial
condition of any of our major customers would reduce our net income and operating results.
Our sales are concentrated among a few major customers. During fiscal 2008, sales to our five
largest customers constituted 94% of our net sales, and sales to our largest customer constituted
53% of our net sales. Because our sales are concentrated, and the market in which we operate is
very competitive, we are under ongoing pressure from our customers to offer lower prices, extended
payment terms, increased marketing allowances and other terms more favorable to these customers.
These customer demands have put continued pressure on our operating margins and profitability,
resulted in periodic contract renegotiation to provide more favorable prices and terms to these
customers and significantly increased our working capital needs. In addition, this customer
concentration leaves us vulnerable to any adverse change in the financial condition of any of our
major customers. The loss or significant decline of sales to any of our major customers would
reduce our net income and adversely affect our operating results.
Our contract with our largest customer is scheduled to expire in August 2008. At this point, we
cannot provide assurance that this contract will be extended or estimate the impact any such
contract extension would have on our reported results. If this contract is not renewed or we are
required to provide significant customer concessions to renew this contract, our operating results
would be materially and adversely impacted.
The costs associated with expansion of our offshore remanufacturing and logistic activities has put
downward pressure on our near-term operating results. These activities also exposed us to increased
political and economic risks.
To respond to customer and competitive pressures while maintaining or improving gross margins over
time, we have moved an increasing portion of our remanufacturing operations to lower cost countries
outside the United States. While we anticipate that the remanufacturing costs in Mexico will
ultimately be lower than those we have incurred in our Torrance, California facility, we
experienced various but decreasing inefficiencies associated with the ramp-up of our Mexican
operations that adversely impacted our operating results during the fiscal years ended March 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006. The expansion of our overseas operations also increases our exposure to
political or economic instability in the host countries and to currency fluctuations.
The complexity associated with the accounting for our operating results may continue to result in
fluctuations in our reported operating results.
Because we receive most Used Cores, a critical remanufacturing component, through the core exchange
program with our customers and we offer marketing allowances and other incentives that impact
revenue recognition, the accounting for our operations is more complex than that for many
businesses the same size or larger. We previously cited and have now remediated our accounting
treatment in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that resulted in restatements
to our financial statements. Steps taken to correct the previously issued financial statements
included a review of authoritative accounting literature and consultation with accounting experts
at the SEC and with external accountants. Upon completion of this review, we corrected our
treatment related to accounting for core inventory and revenue recognition.
12
Interruptions or delays in obtaining component parts could impair our business and adversely affect
our operating results.
In our remanufacturing processes, we obtain Used Cores, primarily through the core exchange program
with our customers, and component parts from third-party manufacturers. Historically, the level of
Used Core returns from customers together with purchases from core brokers have provided us with an
adequate supply of this key component. If there was a significant disruption in the supply of Used
Cores, whether as a result of increased Used Core acquisitions by existing or new competitors or
otherwise, our operating activities would be materially and adversely impacted. In addition, a
number of the other components used in the remanufacturing process are available from a very
limited number of suppliers. In fiscal 2008, we received 20% of our raw materials from a single
supplier. We are, as a result, vulnerable to any disruption in component supply, and any meaningful
disruption in this supply would materially and adversely impact our operating results.
Increases in the market prices of key component raw materials could negatively impact our
profitability.
In light of the long-term, continuous pressure on pricing which we have experienced from our major
customers, we may not be able to recoup the higher prices which raw materials, particularly
aluminum and copper, may command in the market-place. We believe the impact of higher raw material
prices, which is outside our control, is mitigated to some extent because we recover a substantial
portion of our raw materials from Used Cores returned to us by our customers through the core
exchange program. However, we are unable to determine what adverse impact, if any, sustained raw
material price increases may have on our profitability.
Substantial and potentially increasing competition could reduce our market share and significantly
harm our financial performance.
While we believe we are well-positioned in the market for remanufactured alternators and starters,
this market is very competitive. In addition, other overseas manufacturers, particularly those
located in China, are increasing their operations and could become a significant competitive force
in the future. We may not be successful competing against other companies, some of which are larger
than us and have greater financial and other resources at their disposal. Increased competition
could put additional pressure on us to reduce prices or take other actions which may have an
adverse effect on our operating results.
Our financial results are affected by alternator and starter failure rates that are outside our
control.
Our operating results are affected by alternator and starter failure rates. These failure rates are
impacted by a number of factors outside our control, including alternator and starter designs that
have resulted in greater reliability, consumers driving fewer miles as a result of high gasoline
prices and mild weather. A reduction in the failure rates of alternators or starters would
adversely affect our sales and profitability.
Our operating results may continue to fluctuate significantly.
We have experienced significant variations in our annual and quarterly results of operations. These
fluctuations have resulted from many factors, including shifting customer demands, shifts in the
demand and pricing for our products and general economic conditions, including changes in
prevailing interest rates. Our gross profit percentage fluctuates due to numerous factors, some of
which are outside our control. These factors include the timing and level of marketing allowances
provided to our customers, differences between the level of projected sales to a particular
customer and the actual sales during the relevant period, pricing strategies, the mix of products
sold during a reporting period, fluctuations in the level of Used Core returns during the period
and general market and competitive conditions.
Our bank may not waive future defaults under our credit agreement.
Over the past several years, we have violated a number of the financial and other covenants
contained in our bank credit agreement. To this point, the bank has been willing to waive these
covenant defaults and to do so without imposing any meaningful cost or penalty on us. If we fail to
meet the financial covenants or the other obligations set forth in our bank credit agreement in the
future, there is no assurance that the bank will waive any such defaults.
13
Our level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could adversely affect our business and
liquidity position.
While private placement of common stock and warrants completed in May 2007 has strengthened our
capital position, we expect that our indebtedness may increase substantially from time to time for
various reasons, including fluctuations in operating results, marketing allowances provided to
customers, capital expenditures and possible acquisitions. Our indebtedness could materially affect
our business because (i) a portion of our cash flow must be used to service debt rather than
finance our operations, (ii) it may eventually impair our ability to obtain financing in the future
and (iii) it may reduce our flexibility to respond to changes in business and economic conditions
or take advantage of business opportunities that may arise.
Our largest shareholder has the ability to influence all matters requiring the approval of our
Board of Directors and our shareholders.
As of March 31, 2008, Mel Marks, our founder and member of our Board of Directors, beneficially
owned 13.9% of our outstanding common stock, and we believe other members of the Marks family held
an additional 3.9% of our outstanding stock. As a result of his holdings, Mel Marks has the ability
to exercise substantial influence over us and his interests (and those of his family) may conflict
with the interests of other shareholders.
Our stock price may be volatile and could decline substantially.
Our stock price may decline substantially as a result of the volatile nature of the stock market
and other factors beyond our control. The stock market has, from time to time, experienced extreme
price and volume fluctuations. Many factors may cause the market price for our common stock to
decline, including (i) our operating results failing to meet the expectations of securities
analysts or investors in any quarter, (ii) downward revisions in securities analysts estimates,
(iii) market perceptions concerning our future earnings prospects, (iv) public sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock, and (v) adverse changes in general market
conditions or economic trends.
Our failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and the price of
our common stock.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) requires our management to assess the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at the end of each fiscal year and
certify whether or not internal control over financial reporting is effective. Our independent
accountants are also required to express an opinion with respect to the effectiveness of our
internal controls. In connection with our evaluation of Section 404 compliance for the prior fiscal
year, we determined that there were material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial
reporting. All the material weaknesses noted in the prior fiscal year have subsequently been
remediated. In connection with our evaluation of Section 404 compliance for the current fiscal
year, we determined that there were no material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial
reporting. We expect our SOX compliance work will continue to require significant commitment of
management time and the incurrence of significant general and administrative expenses.
Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect us.
We are exposed to market risk from material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S.
dollar and the currencies of the foreign countries in which we operate. As a result of our growing
operations in Mexico, our primary risk relates to changes in the rates between the U.S. dollar and
the Mexican peso. To mitigate this currency risk, in August 2005 we began to enter into forward
foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos. The extent to which we use
forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our estimate of market
conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of derivative financial
instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflow
resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by
changes in the exchange rates. We do not engage in currency speculation or hold or issue financial
instruments for trading purposes. These contracts
14
expire in a year or less. Any change in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts is accounted
for as an increase or decrease to general and administrative expenses in current period earnings.
We may not be able to keep the registration statement continuously effective.
We are obligated to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement
continuously effective until the earlier of (i) five years after the registration statement is
declared effective by the SEC, (ii) such time as all of the securities covered by the registration
statement have been publicly sold by the holders, or (iii) such time as all of the securities
covered by the registration statement may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(d) of the Securities Act. If
we fail to satisfy this requirement, we are obligated to pay each purchaser of the common stock and
warrants sold in the private placement partial liquidated damages equal to 1% of the aggregate
amount invested by such purchaser, and an additional 1% for each subsequent month this requirement
is not met, until the partial liquidated damages paid equals a maximum of 19% of such aggregate
investment amount or approximately $7,612,000.
We may continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these
acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating
the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.
In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities, we have made, and may
continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These
risks and uncertainties include: (i) the difficulty in integrating newly-acquired businesses and
operations in an efficient and effective manner, (ii) the challenges in achieving strategic
objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions,
(iii) the potential loss of key
employees of the acquired businesses, (iv) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management
from our operations, (v) risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control
systems, (vi) difficulties in expanding information technology systems and other business processes
to accommodate the acquired businesses, and (vii) future impairments of goodwill of an acquired
business.
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2 Properties
We lease all of the real property used in our operations. We presently lease approximately 147,000
square feet of warehouse, production and administrative space in Torrance, California. In November
2006, we entered into an amendment to the lease that extended the lease term for an additional five
year period ending March 31, 2012. Under the amendment, we have the right to cancel the lease with
respect to approximately 80,000 square feet of the leased space in the first and the second year of
the extended lease period. The amendment also gives us an option to extend the lease for an
additional five years beginning April 1, 2012. In September 2007, we exercised our right to cancel
the lease of our Torrance, California facility with respect to approximately 80,000 square feet
utilized for core receipt, storage and packing. This cancellation was effective May 31, 2008. These
functions were transitioned to our facility in Mexico. We also lease approximately 4,005 square
feet adjacent to our main Torrance facility that is used as additional office and record storage
space. The lease on this second building has terms which coincide with the lease on the main
Torrance building.
On October 28, 2004, we entered into a build-to-suit lease covering approximately 125,000 square
feet of industrial premises in Tijuana, Mexico. The lease has a term of 10 years from the date the
facility was available for occupancy, and we have an option to extend the lease term for two
additional 5-year periods. In May 2005, we took possession of these premises. In April 2006, we
leased an additional 61,000 square feet adjoining its existing space. On October 18, 2006, we
entered into an amendment to lease an adjacent 125,000 square feet. This new space was fully
occupied in January 2007 and is expected to be used for core receiving, sorting and storage related
functions. The amendment has the same terms as the current lease.
In addition, we occupy nearly 50,000 square feet of leased remanufacturing, warehousing, and office
space under nine separate leases which expire on various dates through June 30, 2010, in Singapore
and Malaysia.
15
The Nashville, Tennessee area facilities we lease consist of two locations. We currently lease
approximately 2,067 square feet of office space under a lease that expires on May 31, 2012. In
April 2005, we entered in an agreement to lease approximately 82,600 square feet of warehouse and
office space for a term of five years and two months. In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, we
closed and sub-leased this facility for the remainder of its lease term.
We believe the facilities we are retaining are sufficient to satisfy our foreseeable warehousing,
production, distribution and administrative office space requirements.
Item 3 Legal Proceedings
In December 2003, the SEC and the United States Attorneys Office brought actions against Richard
Marks, our former President and Chief Operating Officer. (Mr. Marks is also the son of Mel Marks,
our founder, largest shareholder and member of our Board of Directors.) Mr. Marks ultimately pled
guilty to several criminal charges in June 2005.
In June 2006, we entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Mr. Marks. Under this
agreement (which was unanimously approved by a Special Committee of the Board of Directors
consisting of Messrs. Borneo, Gay and Siegel), Mr. Marks agreed to pay us $682,000 as partial
reimbursement of the legal fees and costs we had advanced pursuant our pre-existing indemnification
agreements with Mr. Marks. This amount was due on January 15, 2008. In June 2006, we recorded a
shareholder note receivable for the $682,000 Mr. Marks owes us. The note is classified in
shareholders equity as it is collateralized by our common stock. Mr. Marks also agreed to pay
interest at the prime rate plus one percent on June 15, 2007 (paid on June 22, 2007) and January
15, 2008 (paid on January 22, 2008). Mr. Marks pledged 80,000 shares of our common stock that he
owns to secure this obligation. If at any time the market price of the stock pledged by Mr. Marks
was less than 125% of Mr. Marks obligation, he was required to pledge additional stock to maintain
not less than the 125% coverage level. Under the terms of an amendment to the agreement with Mr.
Marks that was effective January 15, 2008, we agreed to extend the due date of Mr. Marks
obligation to pay $682,000 from January 15, 2008 to July 15, 2008. This amendment was unanimously
approved by the Special Committee of the Board of Directors that had approved the original
Settlement Agreement. Mr. Marks agreed to pledge an additional 31,500 shares of our common stock
that he owns to secure this obligation and any additional shares necessary to maintain no less than
a 140% coverage level. Mr. Marks also agreed to pay interest at the prime rate plus three percent
during the extension period. In March 2008 and May 2008, Mr. Marks pledged additional 20,528 and
33,492 shares, respectively, to maintain the necessary coverage level of 140%.
We are subject to various other lawsuits and claims in the normal course of business. Management
does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its
financial position or future results of operations.
Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.
16
PART II
Item 5 Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Effective December 3, 2007, our common stock commenced trading on the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) Global Market under the trading symbol MPAA.
Prior to this date, our common stock was traded on the Pink Sheets under the trading symbol
MPAA.PK.
The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for our common stock during the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2008 and the high and low bid quotations for our common stock during fiscal
2007 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2008. The quotations for fiscal 2007 and the first
three quarters of fiscal 2008 reflect inter-dealer prices and may not necessarily represent actual
transactions and do not include any retail mark-ups, markdowns or commissions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2008 |
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
High |
|
Low |
1st Quarter |
|
$ |
14.35 |
|
|
$ |
11.50 |
|
|
$ |
13.35 |
|
|
$ |
11.05 |
|
2nd Quarter |
|
$ |
13.00 |
|
|
$ |
10.25 |
|
|
$ |
13.51 |
|
|
$ |
11.35 |
|
3rd Quarter |
|
$ |
12.10 |
|
|
$ |
9.00 |
|
|
$ |
14.70 |
|
|
$ |
13.10 |
|
4th Quarter |
|
$ |
10.80 |
|
|
$ |
5.53 |
|
|
$ |
14.95 |
|
|
$ |
12.60 |
|
As of June 9, 2008 there were 12,070,555 shares of common stock outstanding held by 65 holders of
record. We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock. The declaration of any
prospective dividends is at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon
sufficient earnings, capital requirements and financial position, general economic conditions,
state law requirements and other relevant factors. Additionally, our agreement with our lender
prohibits payment of dividends, except stock dividends, without the lenders prior consent.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available for |
|
|
|
Number of securities to |
|
|
Weighted-average |
|
|
future issuance under |
|
|
|
be issued upon exercise |
|
|
exercise price of |
|
|
equity compensation plans |
|
|
|
of outstanding options, |
|
|
outstanding options |
|
|
(excluding securities |
|
Plan Category |
|
warrants and rights |
|
|
warrants and rights |
|
|
reflected in column (a)) |
|
Equity compensation plans approved
by securities holders |
|
|
1,661,459 |
(1) |
|
$ |
8.47 |
|
|
|
154,350 |
(2) |
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,661,459 |
|
|
$ |
8.47 |
|
|
|
154,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of options issued pursuant to our 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan, 1996
Employee Stock Option Plan, Directors Plan, 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2004
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of options available for issuance under our 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan
and 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
17
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative return to holders of common stock for the five years
ending March 31, 2008 with the NASDAQ Composite Index and an index for our peer group. The peer
group is comprised of other automotive after-market companies: Aftermarket Technologies
Corporation, Dorman Products, Inc., Standard Motor Products, Inc., and Proliance International,
Inc. The comparison assumes $100 was invested at the close of business on March 31, 2003 in our
common stock and in each of the comparison groups, and assumes reinvestment of dividends.
Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
March 2008
18
Item 6 Selected Financial Data
The following selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for each of the
fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, has been derived from and should be
read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
|
Income Statement Data |
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
133,337,000 |
|
|
$ |
136,323,000 |
|
|
$ |
108,397,000 |
|
|
$ |
96,719,000 |
|
|
$ |
80,349,000 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
12,751,000 |
|
|
|
(2,475,000 |
) |
|
|
6,298,000 |
|
|
|
13,438,000 |
|
|
|
9,232,000 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
4,607,000 |
|
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
7,281,000 |
|
|
|
5,400,000 |
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
0.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, |
Balance Sheet Data |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
Total assets |
|
$ |
141,408,000 |
|
|
$ |
131,986,000 |
|
|
$ |
101,136,000 |
|
|
$ |
85,647,000 |
|
|
$ |
62,150,000 |
|
Working capital |
|
|
6,864,000 |
|
|
|
(26,746,000 |
) |
|
|
12,851,000 |
|
|
|
17,328,000 |
|
|
|
19,212,000 |
|
Line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,800,000 |
|
|
|
6,300,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
Capital lease obligations less current portion |
|
|
2,565,000 |
|
|
|
3,629,000 |
|
|
|
4,857,000 |
|
|
|
938,000 |
|
|
|
1,247,000 |
|
Long term liabilities |
|
|
4,654,000 |
|
|
|
3,859,000 |
|
|
|
3,373,000 |
|
|
|
1,040,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
91,093,000 |
|
|
|
47,828,000 |
|
|
|
51,595,000 |
|
|
|
48,670,000 |
|
|
|
40,834,000 |
|
Working capital has been adjusted for the reclassification of core inventory as described in Item 7
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Critical
Accounting Policies, Inventory, page 21.
Item 7 Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Disclosure Regarding Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to our future performance that
involve risks and uncertainties. Various factors could cause actual results to differ materially
from those projected in such statements. These factors include, but are not limited to:
concentration of sales to certain customers, changes in our relationship with any of our customers,
including the increasing customer pressure for lower prices and more favorable payment and other
terms, our ability to renew the contract with our largest customer that is scheduled to expire in
August 2008 and the terms of any such renewal, the increasing demands on our working capital,
including the significant strain on working capital associated with large Remanufactured Core
inventory purchases from customers of the type we have increasingly made, our ability to obtain any
additional financing we may seek or require, our ability to achieve positive cash flows from
operations, potential future changes in our previously reported results as a result of the
identification and correction of errors in our accounting policies or procedures or the material
weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, the outcome of the existing review of
our custom duties payments and procedures, lower revenues than anticipated from new and existing
contracts, our failure to meet the financial covenants or the other obligations set forth in our
bank credit agreement and the banks refusal to waive any such defaults, any meaningful difference
between projected production needs and ultimate sales to our customers, increases in interest
rates, changes in the financial condition of any of our major customers, the impact of high
gasoline prices, the potential for changes in consumer spending, consumer preferences and general
economic conditions, increased competition in the automotive parts industry, including increased
competition from Chinese and other offshore manufacturers, difficulty in obtaining Used Cores and
component parts or increases in the costs of those parts, political or economic instability in any
of the foreign countries where we conduct operations, unforeseen increases in operating costs and
other factors discussed herein and in our other filings with the SEC.
19
Management Overview
We remanufacture alternators and starters for imported and domestic cars and light trucks and
distribute them throughout the United States and Canada. We sell to most of the largest auto parts
retail chains in the United States and Canada, including AutoZone, Pep Boys, OReilly Automotive
and CSK Automotive. We believe the five largest auto parts retail chains currently control
approximately 44% of the North American after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters.
Growth of the after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters is driven by replacement
rates. We believe that replacement rates generally increase with increases in miles driven and the
age of registered vehicles. According to industry sources, total annual miles driven in the United
States started to decline in late calendar 2007. In our view, it is too early to determine whether
this a temporary decline or the beginning of a longer-term trend. On the other hand, based on
industry sources, the number of registered vehicles in the United States that are eight years old
or older has been, and appears to be continuing to grow. Vehicles eight years old or older have
replacement rates for alternators and starters that are significantly higher than vehicles that are
less than eight years old. Improvements in the quality of alternators and starters in certain
newer vehicles have resulted in declining replacement rates for those vehicles; however, as these
vehicles age and accumulate mileage, the alternators and starters will ultimately fail. In other
words, we believe that the replacement of alternators and starters in these vehicles has been
deferred, not avoided entirely.
Historically, our business has focused on the DIY market, customers who buy remanufactured
alternators and starters at an auto parts retail store and install the parts themselves. We
believe that the DIFM market, also known as the professional installer market, is an attractive
opportunity for growth. We believe we are positioned to benefit from this market opportunity in
three ways: one, our auto parts retail customers are expanding their efforts to target the
professional installer market segment; two, we sell our products to General Motors for distribution
to professional installers through its Service Parts Operations; and three, we sell our products
under our Quality-Built brand label directly to suppliers that focus on professional installers.
While we continually seek to diversify our customer base, we currently derive, and have
historically derived, a substantial portion of our sales from a small number of customers. During
fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, sales to our five largest customers constituted approximately 94%, 96%
and 96%, respectively, of our net sales. To mitigate the risk associated with this concentration
of sales, we have increasingly sought to enter into longer-term customer agreements with our major
customers. These longer-term agreements typically require us to commit a significant amount of our
working capital to build inventory and increase production. In addition, they typically include
marketing and other allowances that adversely impact near-term revenue and may require us to incur
certain changeover expenses. To respond to our increased need for working capital and to
strengthen our overall financial position, in May 2007 we completed a private placement of common
stock and warrants that resulted in gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds
of $36,905,000.
To offset the pricing pressure and costs associated with our agreements with our largest customers,
we have moved almost all our remanufacturing operations from Torrance, California to lower cost
facilities in Mexico and Malaysia. During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately 91%, 64% and
32%, respectively, of our total production was produced by our subsidiaries in Mexico and Malaysia.
We currently expect that approximately 95% of our fiscal 2009 production of remanufactured units
will be outside the United States. We expect to maintain production of remanufactured units that
require specialized service and/or rapid turnaround in our Torrance facility for the near term. We
are also continuing to transition warehousing and shipping/receiving operations from our Torrance
facility to our facilities in Mexico.
In connection with our transition efforts, in September 2007 we exercised our right to cancel the
lease of our Torrance facility, effective May 31, 2008, with respect to approximately 80,000 square
feet previously utilized for core receipt, storage and packing. The transition of these functions
to our facilities in Mexico is almost complete.
We also closed our warehouse distribution facility in Nashville, Tennessee in the second quarter of
fiscal 2008. We have subleased this facility for the remainder of the lease term.
20
We operate in one business segment pursuant to SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of
Enterprise and Related Information.
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States, or GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in
detail below and in Note B to our consolidated financial statements.
In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we use estimates and assumptions for matters
that are inherently uncertain. We base our estimates on historical experiences and reasonable
assumptions. Our use of estimates and assumptions affects the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities and the amount and timing of revenues and expenses we recognize for and during the
reporting period. Actual results may differ from our estimates.
Our remanufacturing operations require that we acquire Used Cores, a necessary raw material, from
our customers and offer our customers marketing and other allowances that impact revenue
recognition. These elements of our business give rise to accounting issues that are more complex
than many businesses our size or larger. In addition, the relevant accounting standards and issues
continue to evolve. As a result, certain of our previously issued financial statements have been
restated to reflect changes in our application of GAAP.
Inventory
Non-core Inventory
Non-core inventory is comprised of non-core raw materials, the non-core value of work in process
and the non-core value of finished goods. Used Cores, the Used Core value of work in process and
the Remanufactured Core portion of finished goods are classified as long-term core inventory as
described below under the caption Long-term Core Inventory.
Non-core inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of non-core inventory
approximates average historical purchase prices paid, and is based upon the direct costs of
material and an allocation of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs. The cost of non-core
inventory is evaluated at least quarterly during the fiscal year and adjusted as necessary to
reflect current lower of cost or market levels. These adjustments are determined for individual
items of inventory within each of the three classifications of non-core inventory as follows:
Non-core raw materials are recorded at average cost, which is based on the actual purchase price
of raw materials on hand. The average cost is updated quarterly. This average cost is used in
the inventory costing process and is the basis for allocation of materials to finished goods
during the production process.
Non-core work in process is in various stages of production, is on average 50% complete and is
valued at 50% of the cost of a finished good. Non-core work in process inventory historically
comprises less than 3% of the total non-core inventory balance.
Finished goods cost includes the average cost of non-core raw materials and allocations of labor
and variable and fixed overhead. The allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs
are determined based on the average actual use of the production facilities over the prior
twelve months which approximates normal capacity. This method prevents the distortion in
allocated labor and overhead costs that would occur during short periods of abnormally low or
high production. In addition, we exclude certain unallocated overhead such as severance costs,
duplicative facility overhead costs, and spoilage from the calculation and expense them as
period costs as required in Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 43, Chapter 4 (SFAS
151). For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, costs of approximately $1,599,000 and
$216,000, respectively, were considered abnormal and thus excluded from the cost calculation and
charged directly to cost of sales.
We provide an allowance for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based upon recent sales
history, the quantity of inventory on-hand, and a forecast of potential use of the inventory. We
review inventory on a monthly basis to
21
identify excess quantities and part numbers that are experiencing a reduction in demand. In
general, part numbers with quantities representing a one to three-year supply are partially
reserved for at rates based upon managements judgment and consistent with historical rates. Any
part numbers with quantities representing more than a three-year supply are reserved for at a rate
that considers possible scrap and liquidation values and may be as high as 100% of cost if no
liquidation market exists for the part.
The quantity thresholds and reserve rates are subjective and are based on managements judgment and
knowledge of current and projected industry demand. The reserve estimates may, therefore, be
revised if there are changes in the overall market for our products or market changes that in
managements judgment, impact our ability to sell or liquidate potentially excess or obsolete
inventory.
We apply the guidance provided by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 02-16,
Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Cash Consideration Received from a Vendor
(EITF 02-16), by recording vendor discounts as a reduction of inventories that are recognized as
a reduction to cost of sales as the inventories are sold.
Inventory Unreturned
Inventory Unreturned represents our estimate, based on historical data and prospective information
provided directly by the customer, of finished goods shipped to customers that we expect to be
returned, under our general right of return policy, after the balance sheet date. Because all cores
are classified separately as long term assets, the inventory unreturned balance includes only the
added unit value of a finished good. The return rate is calculated based on expected returns within
the normal operating cycle of one year. As such, the related amounts are classified in current
assets.
Inventory unreturned is valued in the same manner as our finished goods inventory.
Long-term Core Inventory
Long-term core inventory consists of:
|
|
|
Used Cores purchased from core brokers and held in inventory at our facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores returned by our customers and held in inventory at our facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores returned by end-users to customers but not yet returned to us are classified
as Remanufactured Cores until they are physically received by us, |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held in finished goods inventory at our facilities; and |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held at customer locations as a part of the finished goods sold to
the customer. For these Remanufactured Cores, we expect the finished good containing the
Remanufactured Core to be returned under our general right of return policy or a similar
Used Core to be returned to us by the customer, in each case, for credit. |
Long-term core inventory is recorded at average historical purchase prices determined based on
actual purchases of inventory on hand. The cost and market value of Used Cores for which sufficient
recent purchases have occurred are deemed the same as the purchase price for purchases that are
made in arms length transactions.
Long-term core inventory recorded at average historical purchase prices is primarily made up of
Used Cores for newer products related to more recent automobile models or products for which there
is a less liquid market. We must purchase these Used Cores from core brokers because our customers
do not have a sufficient supply of these newer Used Cores available for the core exchange program.
Approximately 15% to 20% of Used Cores are obtained in core broker transactions and are valued
based on average purchase price. The average purchase price of Used Cores for more recent
automobile models is retained as the cost
22
for these Used Cores in subsequent periods even as the source of these Used Cores shifts to our
core exchange program.
Long-term core inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or market value. In the absence of
sufficient recent purchases, we use core broker price lists to assess whether Used Core cost
exceeds Used Core market value on an item by item basis. The primary reason for the insufficient
recent purchases is that we obtain most of our Used Core inventory from the customer core exchange
program.
Commencing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we reclassified all of our core inventories to a
long-term asset account. The determination of the long-term classification was based on our view
that the value of the cores is not consumed or realized in cash during our normal operating cycle,
which is one year for most of the cores recorded in inventory. According to ARB No. 43, current
assets are defined as assets or other resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably
expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the
business. We do not believe that core inventories, which we classify as long-term, are consumed
because the credits issued upon the return of Used Cores offset the amounts invoiced when the
Remanufactured Cores included in finished goods were sold. We do not expect the core inventories to
be consumed, and thus we do not expect to realize cash, until our relationship with a customer
ends, a possibility that we consider remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and
historical experience.
However, historically for approximately 4.5% of finished goods sold, our customer will not send us
a Used Core to obtain the credit we offer under our core exchange program. Therefore, based on our
historical estimate, we derecognize the core value for these finished goods upon sale, as we
believe they have been consumed and we have realized cash.
We realize cash for only the core exchange program shortfall of approximately 4.5%. This shortfall
represents the historical difference between the number of finished goods shipped to customers and
the number of Used Cores returned to us by customers. We do not realize cash for the remaining
portion of the cores because the credits issued upon the return of Used Cores offset the amounts
invoiced when the Remanufactured Cores included in finished goods were sold. We do not expect to
realize cash for the remaining portion of these cores until our relationship with a customer ends,
a possibility that we consider remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and
historical experience.
For these reasons, we concluded that it is more appropriate to classify core inventory as a
long-term asset.
Long-term Core Inventory Deposit
The long-term core inventory deposit account represents the value of Remanufactured Cores we have
agreed to purchase from customers, which are held by the customers and remain on the customers
premises. The purchase is made through the issuance of credits against that customers receivables
either on a one time basis or over an agreed-upon period. The credits against the customers
receivable are based upon the Remanufactured Core purchase price previously established with the
customer. At the same time, we record the long-term core inventory deposit for the Remanufactured
Cores purchased at its cost, determined as noted under Long-term Core Inventory. The long-term core
inventory deposit is stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost is established at the time of
the transaction based on the then current cost, determined as noted under Long-term Core Inventory.
The difference between the credit granted and the cost of the long-term core inventory deposit is
treated as a sales allowance reducing revenue as required under EITF 01-9. When the purchases are
made over an agreed-upon period, the long-term core inventory deposit is recorded at the same time
the credit is issued to the customer for the purchase of the Remanufactured Cores.
At least annually, and as often as quarterly, reconciliations and confirmations are performed to
determine that the number of Remanufactured Cores purchased, but retained at the customer
locations, remains sufficient to support the amounts recorded in the long-term core inventory
deposit account. At the same time, the mix of Remanufactured Cores is reviewed to determine that
the aggregate value of Remanufactured Cores in the account has not changed during the reporting
period. We evaluate the cost of Remanufactured Cores supporting the aggregate long-term core
inventory deposit account each quarter. If we identify any permanent reduction in either the number
or the aggregate value of the Remanufactured Core inventory mix held at the customer location, we
will record a reduction in the
23
long-term core inventory deposit account during that period.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when our performance is complete, and all of the following criteria
established by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104), have been met:
|
|
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, |
|
|
|
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, |
|
|
|
The sellers price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and |
|
|
|
Collectibility is reasonably assured. |
For products shipped free-on-board (FOB) shipping point, revenue is recognized on the date of
shipment. For products shipped FOB destination, revenues are recognized two days after the date of
shipment based on our experience regarding the length of transit duration. We include shipping and
handling charges in the gross invoice price to customers and classify the total amount as revenue
in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs.
Shipping and handling costs are recorded in cost of sales.
Revenue Recognition; Net-of-Core-Value Basis
The price of a finished product sold to customers is generally comprised of separately invoiced
amounts for the Remanufactured Core included in the product (Remanufactured Core value) and for
the value added by remanufacturing (unit value). The unit value is recorded as revenue based on
our then current price list, net of applicable discounts and allowances. Based on our experience,
contractual arrangements with customers and inventory management practices, more than 95% of the
remanufactured alternators and starters we sell to customers are replaced by similar Used Cores
sent back for credit by customers under our core exchange program. In accordance with our
net-of-core-value revenue recognition policy, we do not recognize the Remanufactured Core value as
revenue when the finished products are sold. We generally limit the number of Used Cores sent back
under the core exchange program to the number of similar Remanufactured Cores previously shipped to
each customer.
Revenue Recognition and Deferral Core Revenue
Full price Remanufactured Cores: When we ship a product, we invoice certain customers for
the Remanufactured Core value portion of the product at full Remanufactured Core sales price but do
not recognize revenue for the Remanufactured Core value at that time. For these Remanufactured
Cores, we recognize core revenue based upon an estimate of the rate at which our customers will pay
cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for credits under our core
exchange program.
Nominal price Remanufactured Cores: We invoice other customers for the Remanufactured Core
value portion of product shipped at a nominal Remanufactured Core price. Unlike the full price
Remanufactured Cores, we only recognize revenue from nominal Remanufactured Cores not expected to
be replaced by a similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program when we believe that
we have met all of the following criteria:
|
|
We have a signed agreement with the customer covering the nominally priced Remanufactured
Cores not expected to be sent back under the core exchange program, and the agreement must
specify the number of Remanufactured Cores our customer will pay cash for in lieu of sending
back a similar Used Core under our core exchange program and the basis on which the nominally
priced Remanufactured Cores are to be valued (normally the average price per Remanufactured
Core stipulated in the agreement). |
|
|
The contractual date for reconciling our records and customers records of the number of
nominally priced Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by similar Used Cores sent
back under our core exchange program must be in the current or a prior period. |
24
|
|
The reconciliation must be completed and agreed to by the customer. |
|
|
|
The amount must be billed to the customer. |
Deferral of Core Revenue. As noted previously, we have in the past and may in the future
agree to buy back Remanufactured Cores from certain customers. The difference between the credit
granted and the cost of the Remanufactured Cores bought back is treated as a sales allowance
reducing revenue as required under EITF 01-9. As a result of the increasing level of Remanufactured
Core buybacks, we have now decided to defer core revenue from these customers until there is no
expectation that sales allowances associated with Remanufactured Core buybacks from these customers
will offset core revenues that would otherwise be recognized once the criteria noted above have
been met. At March 31, 2008 and 2007, Remanufactured Core revenue of $2,927,000 and $1,575,000,
respectively, was deferred.
Revenue Recognition; General Right of Return
We allow our customers to return goods to us that their end-user customers have returned to them,
whether the returned item is or is not defective (warranty returns). In addition, under the terms
of certain agreements with our customers and industry practice, our customers from time to time are
allowed stock adjustments when their inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated
sales to end-user customers (stock adjustment returns). We seek to limit the aggregate of customer
returns, including warranty and stock adjustment returns, to less than 20% of unit sales. In some
instances, we allow a higher level of returns in connection with a significant update order.
We provide for such anticipated returns of inventory in accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue
Recognition When Right of Return Exists by reducing revenue and the related cost of sales for the
units estimated to be returned.
Our allowance for warranty returns is established based on a historical analysis of the level of
this type of return as a percentage of total unit sales. Stock adjustment returns do not occur at
any specific time during the year, and the expected level of these returns cannot be reasonably
estimated based on a historical analysis. Our allowance for stock adjustment returns is based on
specific customer inventory levels, inventory movements and information on the estimated timing of
stock adjustment returns provided by our customers.
Sales Incentives
We provide various marketing allowances to our customers, including sales incentives and
concessions. Marketing allowances related to a single exchange of product are recorded as a
reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are
offered as determined in accordance with EITF 01-9. Other marketing allowances, which may only be
applied against future purchases, are recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a
schedule set forth in the relevant contract. Sales incentive amounts are recorded based on the
value of the incentive provided.
Accounting for Deferred Taxes
The valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities is based upon managements estimate of current
and future taxable income using the accounting guidance in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, management determined that no valuation allowance was
necessary for deferred tax assets.
Financial Risk Management and Derivatives
We are exposed to market risk from material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S.
dollar and the currencies of the foreign countries in which we operate. As a result of our growing
operations in Mexico, our primary risk relates to changes in the rates between the U.S. dollar and
the Mexican peso. To mitigate this currency risk, in August 2005 we began to enter into forward
foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos. The extent to which we use
forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our estimate of market
conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of derivative financial
instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflow
resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by
changes in the exchange rates. We do not engage in currency speculation or hold or issue financial
instruments for trading purposes. We had foreign
25
exchange contracts with an aggregate U.S. dollar equivalent notional value (and materially the same
nominal fair value) of $7,303,000 and $5,463,000 at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These
contracts generally expire in a year or less. Any changes in the fair value of foreign exchange
contracts are accounted for as an increase or decrease to general and administrative expenses in
current period earnings. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, the net effect of the
foreign exchange contracts was to decrease general and administrative expenses by $152,000 and to
increase general and administrative expenses by $11,000, respectively.
Share-based Payments
Effective April 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123R)
using the modified prospective application method of transition for all our stock-based
compensation plans. Accordingly, while the reported results for the fiscal 2008 and 2007 reflect
the adoption of SFAS 123R, prior year amounts have not been restated. SFAS 123R requires the
compensation costs associated with stock-based compensation plans be recognized and reflected in
our reported results.
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we accounted for stock-based employee compensation as
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, and SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-an
amendment of SFAS 123.
Under the provisions of APB No. 25, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess,
if, any, of the market price of our common stock at the date of the grant over the amount an
employee must pay to acquire the stock. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is
recorded based on the value of the award at the grant date and is recognized over the service
period.
As of March 31, 2008, we had approximately $538,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to
non-vested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted
average vesting period of 1.3 years.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No.
157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also
established a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value
measurement. SFAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.
However, a FASB Staff Position issued in February 2008, delayed the effectiveness of SFAS No. 157
for one year, but only as applied to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. We do not
expect its adoption to have material impact on our financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities (SFAS No.159). SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure at fair
value certain financial instruments and other items that are not currently required to be measured
at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We
expect to adopt SFAS No. 159 in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS No. 159 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141(R)).
SFAS No. 141(R) applies to any transaction or other event that meets the definition of a business
combination. Where applicable, SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how the
acquirer recognizes and measures identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, noncontrolling
interest in the acquiree and goodwill or gain from a bargain purchase. In addition, SFAS 141(R)
determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the
nature and financial effects of the business combination. Also in December 2007, the FASB issued
Statement No. 160. Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS No. 160.)
This Statement amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to
establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and
for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 are required to be
adopted simultaneously and are effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or
after December 15, 2008 with earlier adoption being prohibited. We do
26
not currently have any non-controlling interests in our subsidiaries, and accordingly the adoption
of SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of
operations or cash flows. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 161.) SFAS No. 161 changes
the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities are
required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under
Statement No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related
hedged items affect an entitys financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The
guidance in SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim
periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. SFAS No. 161
encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial adoption.
We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 161.
Subsequent Events
On May 16, 2008, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Automotive Importing
Manufacturing, Inc. (AIM), specifically its operation which produces new and remanufactured
alternators and starters for imported and domestic passenger vehicles. These products are sold
under Talon®, Xtreme® and other brand names. The acquisition was consummated pursuant to a signed
definitive purchase agreement, dated April 24, 2008, (Definitive Purchase Agreement).
Management believes the acquisition of AIM expands our customer base and product line, including
the addition of business in heavy duty alternator and starter applications. The assets and result
of operations of AIM were not significant to our consolidated financial position or results of
operations, and thus pro forma information is not presented.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes certain key operating data for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
Gross profit |
|
|
27.9 |
% |
|
|
15.6 |
% |
|
|
23.4 |
% |
Cash flow from operations |
|
|
(10,039,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(9,313,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(11,454,000 |
) |
Finished goods turnover (1) |
|
|
2.77 |
|
|
|
4.21 |
|
|
|
2.35 |
|
Finished goods turnover, excluding POS inventory (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
4.42 |
|
Return on equity (3) |
|
|
9.63 |
% |
|
|
(10.36 |
)% |
|
|
4.30 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Finished goods turnover is calculated by dividing the cost of goods sold for the year by the
average of the finished goods inventory values, including the average of the long-term core
portion at the beginning and the end of each fiscal year. We believe that this provides a
useful measure of our ability to turn production into revenue. The finished goods turnover
ratio in fiscal 2007 was positively impacted by the termination of the POS agreement in August
2006. |
|
(2) |
|
Finished goods turnover, excluding POS inventory is calculated by dividing the cost of goods
sold for the fiscal year by the average of the finished goods inventory values, including the
average of the long-term core portion at the beginning and the end of each fiscal year and
excluding pay-on-scan inventory. We believe that this
provides a useful measure of our ability to manage the inventory which is within our physical
control. This POS arrangement was terminated in August 2006. |
|
(3) |
|
Return on equity is computed as net income for the fiscal year divided by shareholders
equity at the beginning of the fiscal year and measures our ability to invest shareholders
funds profitably. |
27
Following is our results of operation, reflected as a percentage of net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
72.1 |
|
|
|
84.4 |
|
|
|
76.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
27.9 |
|
|
|
15.6 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
14.8 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
5.8 |
|
Interest expense net of interest income |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007
Net Sales. Net sales in fiscal 2008 increased by $8,747,000 or 7.0%, excluding the positive impact
on our fiscal 2007 net sales of $11,733,000 associated with the termination of our POS arrangement
in August 2006. Including the impact of the termination of our POS arrangement, our net sales
decreased by $2,986,000 or 2.2%, to $133,337,000 from the net sales in fiscal 2007 of $136,323,000.
Cost of Goods Sold/Gross Profit. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales decreased in
fiscal 2008 to 72.1% from 84.4% in fiscal 2007, resulting in a corresponding increase in our gross
profit percentage to 27.9% in fiscal 2008 from 15.6% in fiscal 2007. The increase in the gross
profit percentage in fiscal 2008 was primarily due to the lower per unit manufacturing costs
resulting from improvements in manufacturing efficiencies at our Mexican facility, the transition
of majority of remanufacturing to our Mexico facility, and the greater utilization of production at
our operation in Malaysia. In addition, our gross profit percentage was favorably impacted by the
decrease in customer allowances which had a positive impact on our net sales in fiscal 2008. Our
gross profit increase was partly offset by the recording of customs duties accrual of $1,836,000 in
fiscal 2008.
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2008 were
$19,746,000, which represents an increase of $1,561,000 or 8.6% from the general and administrative
expense in fiscal 2007 of $18,185,000. This increase was primarily due to increases in the
following expenses: (i) $514,000 of increased severance and other related expenses, (ii) $1,001,000
of increased audit fees, (iii) $466,000 of increased general and administrative expenses at our
Mexico facility due primarily to the ramp-up of activities at that facility, (iv)
$109,000 of increased expenses related to the closure and sub-lease of our warehouse facility in
Nashville, TN, and (v) $137,000 of expense related to listing of our common stock on NASDAQ. In
addition, our general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2007 were reduced by the recording of
the shareholder note receivable of $682,000 for reimbursement of indemnification costs. These
increases in general and administrative expenses were partly offset by a decrease of (i) $505,000
in stock option compensation expense under SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (ii)
$152,000 as a result of gain recorded due to the changes in the net effect of the foreign exchange
contracts, (iii) $211,000 as a result of net realized gain recorded from the redemption of
short-term investments for the payment of deferred compensation liabilities in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2008, and (iv) $685,000 in consulting expenses primarily related to the SOX Section 404
requirements.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses in fiscal 2008 decreased $660,000 to
$3,456,000 from $4,116,000 in fiscal 2007. This decrease was due primarily to decreases in (i)
compensation related employee benefits of $398,000 due primarily to the reduction in head counts,
(ii) travel and entertainment expenses of $64,000, (iii) marketing expenses of $174,000, and (iv)
consulting expenses of $72,000 related to changeover expenses incurred in fiscal 2007 in connection
with a new customer.
28
Research and Development. Our research and development expenses decreased by $190,000, or 13.0%, to
$1,267,000 in fiscal 2008 from $1,457,000 in fiscal 2007. This decrease was primarily due to higher
expenses incurred in fiscal 2007 related to the development of new diagnostic equipment for our
Mexico and Malaysia facilities.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense, net of interest income, in fiscal 2008 was $5,448,000. This
represents a decrease of $465,000 over interest expense, net of interest income, of $5,913,000 in
fiscal 2007. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average outstanding
balance on our line of credit and the decrease in short-term interest rates. This decrease was
partly offset by the increase in the average days over which the receivables were factored as a
result of the extended payment terms we have provided certain of our customers.
Income Tax. In fiscal 2008, we recognized income tax expense of $2,696,000 compared to a income tax
benefit of $3,432,000 in fiscal 2007. At March 31, 2008, we no longer had any federal net operating
loss carry forward. As a result, we anticipate that our future cash flow will be more significantly
impacted by our future tax payments.
Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006
Net Sales. Gross sales in fiscal 2007 increased by approximately $55,836,000 or 37.9% primarily due
to the sale of products previously shipped on a POS basis totaling $19,795,000 and higher sales to
our new and existing customers. This increase was partially offset by the $8,062,000 write-down of
the long-term core inventory deposit we established in connection with the termination of the POS
arrangement that reduced net sales by a comparable amount. Our gross sales increase was further
offset by an $8,849,000 increase in marketing allowances from $18,620,000 for fiscal 2006 to
$27,469,000 for fiscal 2007. This increase was primarily due to marketing allowances we provided to
new customers during fiscal 2007. In general, a disproportionate percentage of marketing allowances
for new customers are front-loaded. Marketing allowances as a percentage of sales including the net
sales impact from the termination of the POS arrangement, increased marginally by 0.9% for fiscal
2007 compare to fiscal 2006. Customer returns (which also reduce gross sales) increased by
$6,697,000 from $28,156,000 for fiscal 2006 to $34,853,000 for fiscal 2007. As a percentage of
sales including the net sales impact from the termination of the POS arrangement, customer returns
decreased 2.0% for fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 primarily due to a reduction in warranty
return rates. As a result of these factors, net sales for fiscal 2007 increased $27,926,000, or
25.8%, to $136,323,000 over the net sales for fiscal 2006 of $108,397,000.
Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased from 76.6% for fiscal
2006 to 84.4% for fiscal 2007 resulting in a corresponding decrease in our gross profit percentage
to 15.6% in fiscal 2007 from 23.4% in fiscal 2006. The $8,062,000 sales incentive associated with
the write-down of the long-term core inventory deposit noted above, the increase in marketing
allowances associated with new business and the customer returns and adjustments discussed in the
preceding paragraph reduced our gross profit percentage for fiscal 2007 by 11.6%. Each of these
charges reduced net sales for fiscal 2007, but did not impact the cost of goods sold. The lower per
unit manufacturing costs resulted from improvements in manufacturing efficiencies at our Mexican
facility when compared to fiscal 2006. This impact is expected to continue until we fully reflect the lower
remanufacturing costs of the Mexican and Malaysian facilities.
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increased $3,848,000 to
$18,185,000 from $14,337,000 for fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to approximately
$2,100,000 of increased expenses we incurred to meet the SOX Section 404 requirements by the end of
fiscal 2007, compensation expenses of approximately $1,557,000 associated with our initial
recognition under SFAS 123R of stock options and approximately $1,463,000 associated with incentive
and other bonuses. General and administrative expenses in our Mexico facility increased from
$587,000 in fiscal 2006 to $1,225,000 in fiscal 2007 due primarily to the ramp-up of activities at
our Mexico facility. In addition, we eliminated 80 positions at our Torrance facilities in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and recorded $258,000 of severance and other costs related to this
reduction in staff. Our general and administrative expenses were offset by the recording of the
shareholder note receivable of $682,000 for reimbursement of indemnification costs. In addition,
general and administrative expenses were further offset by the reduction in fiscal 2007 of the
following expenses that were incurred during fiscal 2006: (i) $364,000 associated with our response
to the SECs review of our SEC filings that began in 2004 and the related restatement of our
financial statements, (ii) $368,000 in our indemnification costs associated the SECs and the U.S.
Attorneys
29
Offices investigation of our former president and chief operating officer and (iii)
start-up costs of approximately $716,000 related to our production location in Mexico and our
distribution center in Nashville, Tennessee. In addition, in fiscal 2007, we recorded a $300,000
increase in the amortization of the deferred gain associated with our sale/leaseback financing that
reduces our general and administrative expenses.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses increased by $580,000 to $4,116,000 for
fiscal 2007 from $3,536,000 for fiscal 2006. The increase was due primarily to increases in
staffing in the sales and marketing departments to support the increased sales volume and customer
base and the $180,000 increase in commission expenses to $388,000 for fiscal 2007. As a percentage
of sales, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 3.3% for fiscal 2006 to 3.0% for fiscal 2007.
The reduction as a percentage of sales was a result of increased sales.
Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by $223,000 from $1,234,000
for fiscal 2006 to $1,457,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase, primarily in wage-related expenses,
was due to the increased cost of supporting our new business and the development of new diagnostic
equipment for our Mexico and Malaysia facilities.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense, net of interest income, was $5,913,000 in fiscal 2007. This
represents an increase of $2,959,000 over net interest expense of $2,954,000 for fiscal 2006. This
increase was principally attributable to an increase in the average outstanding balance on our line
of credit, the increase in the amount of receivables that were discounted under our factoring
agreements, the increase in the average days over which the receivables were factored associated
with the extended payment terms we have provided certain of our customers and the increase in
short-term interest rates.
Income Tax. For fiscal 2007, we recognized income tax benefits of $3,432,000 compared to an income
tax expense of $1,259,000 for fiscal 2006. Our tax rate for fiscal 2007 was significantly different
compared to the tax rate for fiscal 2006 primarily as a result of the greater impact of tax credits
and foreign tax payments on a lower estimated U.S. net income before taxes. During fiscal 2006, we
utilized all of our net operating loss carry forwards available for income tax purposes. Our net
operating loss in fiscal 2007 resulted in the creation of net operating loss carry forwards of
approximately $1,921,000.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have financed our operations through the use of our amended bank credit facility and the
receivable discount programs we have with two of our customers. Our working capital needs have
increased significantly in light of increased Remanufactured Core inventory purchases, ramped-up
production demands and related higher inventory levels and increased marketing allowances
associated with our new or expanded business. To respond to our increased need for working capital
and to strengthen our overall financial position, in May 2007 we completed a private placement of
common stock and warrants that resulted in aggregate gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000
and net proceeds of $36,905,000.
We believe the proceeds from our May 2007 private placement together with amounts available under
our amended bank credit facility and our cash and short term investments on hand are sufficient to
satisfy our expected future working capital needs, capital lease commitments and capital
expenditure obligations over the next year. Based upon our current projections, we expect to
generate cash flow from operations during fiscal 2009. We cannot provide assurance in this regard,
however.
Working Capital and Net Cash Flow
At March 31, 2008, we had working capital of $6,864,000, a ratio of current assets to current
liabilities of 1.2:1, and cash of $1,935,000, which compares to a negative working capital of
$26,746,000, a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 0.7:1, and cash of $349,000 at
March 31, 2007. The significant improvement in our working capital was due primarily to our May
2007 private placement of common stock and warrants that resulted in aggregate gross proceeds
before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of $36,905,000. The proceeds from this private
placement were used to repay the borrowed amounts under our line of credit and to reduce our
accounts payable balances.
30
Net cash used in operating activities was $10,039,000 in fiscal 2008 compared to $9,313,000 in
fiscal 2007. The most significant changes in operating activities in fiscal 2008 were the reduction
in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $10,839,000 and the increase in our long-term core
inventory of $9,082,000 due primarily to increased levels of Remanufactured Cores held for sale at
our customers locations at March 31, 2008.
At March 31, 2008, we had no remaining net operating loss carry forwards. Because net operating
loss carry forwards for tax purposes are no longer available, we anticipate that our future cash
flow will be more significantly impacted by our future tax payments.
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $1,476,000 in fiscal 2008. These investing activities
were primarily related to capital expenditures of $1,962,000 made in conjunction with our
manufacturing facility in Mexico partly offset by the redemption of short-term investment for the
payment of deferred compensation liabilities. We expect to continue to use cash in investing
activities during fiscal 2009.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $12,821,000 in fiscal 2008 primarily as a result of
the private placement of common stock and warrants in May 2007. The $36,905,000 of net proceeds
from this private placement was substantially used to repay the borrowed amounts under our line of
credit and reduce our accounts payable balances.
Capital Resources
Equity Transaction
On May 23, 2007, we completed the sale of 3,641,909 shares of our common stock and warrants to
purchase up to 546,283 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. This
sale was made through a private placement to accredited investors. The warrants are callable by us
if, among other things, the volume weighted average trading price of our common stock as quoted by
Bloomberg L.P. is greater than $22.50 for 10 consecutive trading days. In fiscal 2008, we charged
approximately $3,156,000 of fees and costs related to this private placement to additional
paid-in-capital. The fair value of the warrants at the date of grant was estimated to be
approximately $4.44 per warrant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following assumptions
were used to calculate the fair value of the warrants: dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of
40.01%; risk-free interest rate of 4.58%; and an expected life of five years.
On July 26, 2007, we filed a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
(the Securities Act) to register the shares of common stock sold in the private placement and the
shares to be issued upon the exercise of the warrants. This registration statement was declared
effective by the SEC on October 19, 2007. We are obligated to use our commercially reasonable
efforts to keep the registration statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) five
years after the registration statement is declared effective by the SEC, (ii) such time as all of
the securities covered by the registration statement have been publicly sold by the holders, or
(iii) such time as all of the securities covered by the registration statement may be sold pursuant
to Rule 144(d) of the Securities Act. If we fail to satisfy this requirement, we are obligated to pay each purchaser of the common stock and
warrants sold in the private placement partial liquidated damages equal to 1% of the aggregate
amount invested by such purchaser, and an additional 1% for each subsequent month this requirement
is not met, until the partial liquidated damages paid equals a maximum of 19% of such aggregate
investment amount or approximately $7,612,000. As required under FASB Staff Position EITF 00-19-2,
Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements, (FSP EITF 00-19-2), we determined that the
payment of such liquidated damages was not probable, as that term is defined in FASB Statement No.
5, Accounting for Contingencies. As a result, we did not record a liability for this contingent
obligation. Any subsequent accruals of a liability or payments made under this registration rights
agreement will be charged to earnings as interest expense in the period they are recognized or
paid.
Line of Credit
In April 2006, we entered into an amended credit agreement (the Old Credit Agreement) with our
bank that increased our credit availability from $15,000,000 to $25,000,000, extended the
expiration date of the credit facility from October 2, 2006 to October 1, 2008, and changed the
manner in which the margin over the benchmark interest rate was calculated. Starting June 30, 2006,
the line of credit bore interest at a base rate per annum plus an
31
applicable margin based on our
leverage ratio.
In connection with the April 2006 amendment to our Old Credit Agreement, we also agreed to pay a
quarterly fee of 0.375% per year if the leverage ratio as of the last day of the previous fiscal
quarter was greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 or 0.25% per year if the leverage ratio was less
than 1.50 to 1.00, as of the last day of the previous fiscal quarter. A fee of $125,000 was charged
by the bank in connection with the April 2006 amendment. The amendment completion fee was payable
in three installments of $41,666. The first payment was made on the date of the amendment to the
Old Credit Agreement, the second was made in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and the third was
paid in February 2008. The fee is being amortized on a straight-line basis through October 1, 2008,
the remaining term of the credit facility prior to the most recent amendment to the Old Credit
Agreement.
In August 2006, the Old Credit Agreement was amended to increase the credit availability from
$25,000,000 to $35,000,000. In March 2007, this Old Credit Agreement with the bank was further
amended to provide us with a non-revolving loan of up to $5,000,000. This non-revolving loan bore
interest at the banks prime rate and was due on June 15, 2007. On May 24, 2007, we repaid the
$5,000,000 from the proceeds of our private placement of common stock and warrants.
As a result of the August 2006 amendment, the bank increased the minimum fixed charge coverage
ratio and the maximum leverage ratio and increased the amount of allowable capital expenditures. In
addition, the unused facility fee is now applied against any difference between the $35,000,000
commitment and the average daily outstanding amount of the credit we actually use during each
quarter. The bank charged an amendment fee of $30,000 which was paid and expensed on the effective
date of the August 2006 amendment to the Old Credit Agreement.
In November 2006, the Old Credit Agreement was further amended to eliminate the impact of a
$8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of the long-term core deposit account that was made in
connection with the termination of our POS arrangement with our largest customer, for purposes of
determining our compliance with the minimum cash flow covenant, and to decrease the minimum
required current ratio. This amendment was effective as of September 30, 2006.
In addition, in conjunction with a March 2007 amendment to the Old Credit Agreement, we agreed to
provide the bank with monthly financial statements, monthly aged reports of accounts receivable and
accounts payable and monthly inventory reports. We also agreed to allow the bank, at its request,
to inspect our assets, properties and records and conduct on-site appraisals of our inventory.
In conjunction with a waiver granted to us by the bank in June 2007, the Old Credit Agreement was
amended to eliminate the impact of the $8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of the long-term
core deposit account for purposes of determining our compliance with the fixed charge coverage
ratio and the leverage ratio. The effective date of the amendment for the fixed charge coverage
ratio and the leverage ratio was March 31, 2007.
In August 2007, the Old Credit Agreement was further amended to reduce the minimum level of cash
flow for each trailing twelve months and to reduce the fixed charge coverage ratio. These changes were effective
June 30, 2007.
On October 24, 2007, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (the New Credit
Agreement) with our bank. While many provisions of the Old Credit Agreement were retained in the
New Credit Agreement, the New Credit Agreement eliminated two financial covenants and modified
other covenants. Under the New Credit Agreement, the bank will continue to provide us with a
revolving loan (the Revolving Loan) of up to $35,000,000, including obligations under outstanding
letters of credit, which may not exceed $7,000,000. The New Credit Agreement will expire on October
1, 2008. The New Credit Agreement was effective as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ended
September 30, 2007.
In January 2008, we entered into an amendment to the New Credit Agreement with our bank. This
amendment extended the expiration date of our credit facility from October 1, 2008 to October 1,
2009.
In May 2008, our New Credit Agreement was further amended to allow us, among other things, to
borrow up to $15,000,000 under the Revolving Loan for the purpose of consummating certain permitted
acquisitions. The aggregate consideration paid for any single permitted acquisition may not exceed
$7,500,000, and the aggregate
32
consideration paid for all permitted acquisitions made during the
term of the New Credit Agreement may not exceed $20,000,000. Pursuant to the terms of this
amendment, we may continue to use the entire available amount under the Revolving Loan for working
capital and general corporate purposes.
The bank holds a security interest in substantially all of our assets. At March 31, 2008, we had
reserved $3,126,000 of the Revolving Loan primarily for standby letters of credit for workers
compensation insurance.
The New Credit Agreement (as amended), among other things, continues to require us to maintain
certain financial covenants, including cash flow, fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio
and includes a number of restrictive covenants, including limits on capital expenditures and
operating leases, prohibitions against additional indebtedness, payment of dividends, pledge of
assets and loans to officers and/or affiliates. In addition, it is an event of default under the
loan agreement if Selwyn Joffe is no longer our CEO.
We were in compliance with all financial covenants under the New Credit Agreement as of March 31,
2008.
Borrowings under the Revolving Loan bear interest at a base rate per annum plus an applicable
margin which fluctuates as noted below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratio as of the end of the fiscal quarter |
|
|
Greater than or |
|
|
Base Interest Rate Selected by us |
|
equal to 1.50 to 1.00 |
|
Less than 1.50 to 1.00 |
Banks Reference Rate, plus |
|
0.0% per year |
|
-0.25% per year |
Banks LIBOR Rate, plus |
|
2.0% per year |
|
1.75% per year |
Our ability to comply in future periods with the financial covenants in the New Credit Agreement,
as amended, will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which, in turn, will be
subject to economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are
beyond our control and will be substantially dependent on the selling prices and demand for our
products, customer demands for marketing allowances and other concessions, raw material costs, and
our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy, including acquisitions. If a
violation of any of the covenants occurs in the future, we would attempt to obtain a waiver or an
amendment from our bank. No assurance can be given that we would be successful in this regard.
Receivable Discount Program
Our liquidity has been positively impacted by receivable discount programs we have established with
two of our customers and their respective banks. Under this program, we have the option to sell
those customers receivables to those banks at a discount to be agreed upon at the time the
receivables are sold. The discount under this program averaged 5.6% in fiscal 2008 (6.6% on a
weighted average basis) and has allowed us to accelerate collection of receivables aggregating
$90,408,000 by an average of 286 days. While this arrangement has reduced our working capital
needs, there can be no assurance that it will continue in the future. These programs resulted in
interest costs of $4,387,000 in fiscal 2008. These interest costs would increase if interest rates
rise, if utilization of this discounting arrangement expands and if the discount period is extended to reflect more favorable
payment terms to customers.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
At March 31, 2008, we had no off-balance sheet financing or other arrangements with unconsolidated
entities or financial partnerships (such as entities often referred to as structured finance or
special purpose entities) established for purposes of facilitating off-balance sheet financing or
other debt arrangements or for other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Multi-year Vendor Agreements
We have long-term agreements with substantially all of our major customers. Under these agreements,
which typically have initial terms of at least four years, we are designated as the exclusive or
primary supplier for specified categories of remanufactured alternators and starters. In
consideration for our designation as a customers exclusive or primary supplier, we typically
provide the customer with a package of marketing incentives. These incentives
33
differ from contract
to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount of credits against receivables
in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (ii) support for a particular
customers research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled basis, (iii) discounts granted in
connection with each individual shipment of product and (iv) other marketing, research, store
expansion or product development support. We have also entered into agreements to purchase certain
customers Remanufactured Core inventory and to issue credits to pay for that inventory according
to a schedule set forth in the agreements. These contracts typically require that we meet ongoing
performance, quality and fulfillment requirements. Our contracts with major customers expire at
various dates ranging from August 2008 through December 2012. There are Remanufactured Core
purchase obligations with certain customers that expire at various dates through March 2010.
In March 2005, we entered into an agreement with a major customer. As part of this agreement, our
designation as this customers exclusive supplier of remanufactured imported alternators and
starters was extended from February 28, 2008 to December 31, 2012. In addition to customary
marketing allowances, we agreed to acquire the customers imported alternator and starter
Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing $10,300,000 of credits over a five-year period. In the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the total credits to be issued was reduced to $9,940,000, resulting
from the reconciliation of the number of Remanufactured Core inventory available at customer
locations. The amount of credits issued is subject to adjustment if sales to the customer decrease
in any quarter by more than an agreed upon percentage. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately
$3,623,000 and $5,613,000, respectively, of credits remain to be issued. The customer is obligated
to purchase the Remanufactured or Used Cores in the customers inventory upon termination of the
agreement for any reason. As we issue credits to this customer, we establish a long-term core
inventory deposit account for the value of the Remanufactured Core inventory estimated to be on
hand with the customer and subject to purchase upon termination of the agreement, and reduce
revenue by the amount by which the credit exceeds the estimated Remanufactured Core inventory
value. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, the long-term core inventory deposit related to this
agreement was approximately $2,848,000 and $1,938,000, respectively. We regularly review the
long-term core inventory deposit account using the same asset valuation methodologies we use to
value our unreturned Remanufactured Core inventory.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we entered into a five-year agreement with one of the worlds
largest automobile manufacturers to supply this manufacturer with a new line of remanufactured
alternators and starters for the United States and Canadian markets. We expanded our operations and
built-up our inventory to meet the requirements of this contract and incurred certain transition
costs associated with this build-up. As part of the agreement, we also agreed to grant this
customer $6,000,000 of credits that are issued as sales to this customer are made. Of the total
credits, $3,600,000 was issued during fiscal 2006 and $600,000 was issued in the each of the second
quarters of fiscal 2007 and 2008. The remaining $1,200,000 is scheduled to be issued in two annual
payments of $600,000 in each of the second fiscal quarters of fiscal 2009 and 2010. The agreement
also contains other typical provisions, such as performance, quality and fulfillment requirements
that we must meet, a requirement that we provide marketing support to this customer and a provision
(standard in this manufacturers vendor agreements) granting the customer the right to terminate
the agreement at any time for any reason.
In July 2006, we entered into an agreement with a new customer to become its primary supplier of
alternators and starters. As part of this agreement, we agreed to acquire a portion of the
customers imported alternator and starter Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing approximately $950,000 of credits over twenty quarters. On
May 22, 2007, the agreement was amended to eliminate our obligation to acquire this Remanufactured
Core inventory, and the customer refunded approximately $142,000 in accounts receivable credits
previously issued. Under an amendment effective January 25, 2008, we agreed to accelerate
$2,300,000 of promotional allowances provided under this agreement. These promotional allowances
otherwise would have been earned by the customer during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the
first quarter of fiscal 2009. At the same time, our contract with this customer was extended
through January 31, 2011.
The longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships and business base. However, they
also result in a continuing concentration of our revenue sources among a few key customers and
require a significant increase in our use of working capital to build inventory and increase
production. This increased production caused significant increases in our inventories, accounts
payable and employee base, and customer demands that we purchase their Remanufactured Core
inventory has been a significant strain on our available capital. In addition, the marketing and
other allowances that we have typically granted our customers in connection with these new or
expanded relationships adversely impact the near-term revenues and associated cash flows from these
arrangements. However, we believe this incremental business will improve our overall liquidity and
cash flow from operations over time.
34
Capital Expenditures and Commitments
Our capital expenditures were $2,705,000 in fiscal 2008, including the capital expenditures
acquired under capital leases. A significant portion of these expenditures relate to our Mexico
production facility. The amount and timing of future capital expenditures may vary depending on the
final build-out schedule for the Mexico production facility as well as the logistics facility. We
expect our fiscal 2009 capital expenditure to be in the range of $2.5 million to $3.5 million. We
expect to use our working capital and incur additional capital lease obligations to finance these
capital expenditures.
Contractual Obligations
The following summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments as of March 31, 2008,
and the effect such obligations could have on our cash flow in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
1 to 3 |
|
4 to 5 |
|
More than 5 |
Contractual obligations |
|
Total |
|
1 year |
|
years |
|
years |
|
years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital (Finance) Lease Obligations |
|
$ |
4,688,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,951,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,576,000 |
|
|
$ |
161,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations |
|
|
16,598,000 |
|
|
|
2,724,000 |
|
|
|
5,064,000 |
|
|
|
4,065,000 |
|
|
|
4,745,000 |
|
Core Purchase Obligations |
|
|
4,328,000 |
|
|
|
2,456,000 |
|
|
|
1,845,000 |
|
|
|
22,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
Severance agreement and release |
|
|
72,000 |
|
|
|
72,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Obligations |
|
|
23,784,000 |
|
|
|
7,447,000 |
|
|
|
13,265,000 |
|
|
|
2,147,000 |
|
|
|
925,000 |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
49,470,000 |
|
|
$ |
14,650,000 |
|
|
$ |
22,750,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,395,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,675,000 |
|
|
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations represent amounts due under finance leases of various types of machinery
and computer equipment that are accounted for as capital leases.
Operating Lease Obligations represent amounts due for rent under our leases for office and
warehouse facilities in California, Tennessee, Malaysia, Singapore and Mexico.
Remanufactured Core Purchase Obligations represent our obligations to issue credits to two large
and several smaller customers for the acquisition of the customers core inventory.
Severance agreement and release obligations represent our obligation to issue monthly payments for
a period of one year to our former employee for his services as a consultant.
Other Long-Term Obligations represent commitments we have with certain customers to provide
marketing allowances in consideration for supply agreements to provide products over a defined
period.
Customs Duties
We received a request for information dated April 16, 2007 from the U.S. Bureau of Customs and
Border Protection (CBP) concerning our importation of products remanufactured at our Malaysian
facilities. In response to the CBPs request, we began an internal review, with the assistance of
customs counsel, of our custom duties procedures. During this review process, we identified a
potential exposure related to the omission of certain cost elements in the appraised value of used
alternators and starters, which were remanufactured in Malaysia and returned to the United States
since June 2002.
We provided a prior disclosure letter dated June 5, 2007 to the customs authorities in order to
obtain more time to complete our internal review process. This prior disclosure letter also
provides us with the opportunity to self report any underpayment of customs duties in prior years
which could reduce financial penalties, if any, imposed by the CBP.
During the second quarter ended September 30, 2007, we determined that it was probable that the CBP
would make
35
a claim for additional duties, fees, and interest on the value of remanufactured units
shipped back to us from Malaysia during the period from June 5, 2002 to September 30, 2007. As a
result, we recorded an accrual of $1,450,000. This accrual was increased to $1,836,000 during the
third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and represents the estimated maximum value of the probable
claim at March 31, 2008.
On February 7, 2008, we responded to the CBP with the results of our internal review. In connection
with this response, we paid approximately $278,000 to the CBP, which included the payment of
duties, fees, and interest on the value of certain components that were used in the remanufacture
of the products shipped back to us during the period from June 5, 2002 to March 31, 2007. This
payment was charged against the accrued liability.
We have taken the position that no additional duties, fees and interest on the value of the core
portion of the products shipped back to us during the period from June 5, 2002 to March 31, 2008
should be assessed by the CBP. While we intend to vigorously defend this position, we may not
prevail and the CBP may assess an additional claim. We are, therefore, maintaining the remaining
accrual amount until the outcome of the CBP review can be determined.
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Our primary market risk relates to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.
Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates,
including interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or
other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As our overseas operations expand,
our exposure to the risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations will continue to increase.
Our primary interest rate exposure relates to our outstanding line of credit and receivables
discount arrangements which have interest costs that vary with interest rate movements. Our
$35,000,000 credit facility bears interest at variable base rates equal to the LIBOR rate or the
banks reference rate, at our option, plus a margin rate dependant upon our most recently reported
leverage ratio. This obligation is the only variable rate facility we have outstanding. At March
31, 2008, we had no amounts outstanding under our line of credit. However, if we utilize the
available credit facility fully and the interest rate increases by 1%, our annual net interest
expense will increase by $350,000. In addition, for each $100,000,000 of accounts receivable we
discount over a period of 180 days, a 1% increase in interest rates would decrease our operating
results by $500,000.
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk inherent in our anticipated purchases and assets
and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in three foreign
currencies which affect our operations: the Malaysian ringit, the Singapore dollar, and the Mexican
peso. Our total foreign assets were $7,517,000 and $6,422,000 as of March 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. In addition, as of March 31, 2008 and 2007, we had $854,000 and $2,573,000,
respectively, due from our foreign subsidiaries. While these amounts are eliminated in
consolidation, they impact our foreign currency translation gains and losses.
In fiscal 2008 and 2007, we have experienced immaterial gains relative to our transactions
involving the Malaysian ringit and the Singapore dollar. Based upon our current operations related
to these two currencies, a change of 10% in exchange rates would result in an immaterial change in
the amount reported in our financial statements.
Our exposure to currency risks has increased since the expansion of our remanufacturing operations
in Mexico. Since these operations will be accounted for primarily in pesos, fluctuations in the
value of the peso are expected to have a growing level of impact on our reported results. To
mitigate the risk of currency fluctuation between the U.S. dollar and the peso, in August 2005 we
began to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for pesos. The
extent to which we use forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our
estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of
derivative financial instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net
cash outflow resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially
affected by changes in exchange rates. These contracts generally expire in a year or less. Any
changes in fair values of foreign exchange contracts are reflected in current period earnings.
Based upon our current operations related to peso, a change of 10% in exchange rates would result
in an immaterial change in the amount reported in our financial statements. In fiscal 2008, we
recognized a decrease in general and administrative expenses of $152,000. In fiscal 2007, we
recognized an increase in general
36
and administrative expenses of $11,000 associated with these
forward exchange contracts.
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information required by this item is set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements,
commencing on page F-1 included herein.
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to Form 8-K dated and
filed on November 30, 2007.
37
Item 9A Controls and Procedures
a. Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, and with the assistance of our
Director of Internal Audit and SOX Compliance, the Company conducted an evaluation of our
disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a 15 (e) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Based on this
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2008.
b. Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
It is managements responsibility to establish and maintain adequate internal control over
financial reporting for the company. Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting using the framework set forth in the report Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission, or COSO. The COSO framework summarizes each of the components of a companys internal
control system, including (i) the control environment, (ii) risk assessment, (iii) control
activities, (iv) information and communication, and (v) monitoring. All internal control systems,
no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, therefore, we can only provide reasonable
assurance as to our internal controls. Based on these criteria, we concluded that we maintained
effective internal controls over financial reporting.
Our registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on our internal controls
over financial reporting on page 69, which is incorporated herein by reference.
c. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management has remediated all items reported as material weaknesses and significant deficiencies
from prior years annual report.
Our internal controls continue to be of utmost importance as we continue to address and remediate
any issues identified by management, internal audit or our external auditors. We expect our SOX
compliance work will continue to require significant commitment of management time and the
incurrence of significant general and administrative expenses.
Except as disclosed in the preceding paragraphs, there have been no changes in our internal control
over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over
financial reporting.
Item 9B Other Information
None.
38
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Our directors, their ages and present positions with us as of June 9, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position with the Company |
Selwyn Joffe
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President
and Chief Executive Officer |
Mel Marks
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
Director and Consultant |
Irv Siegel
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Compensation
Committee, and member of the Audit and Ethics
Committee |
Philip Gay
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Audit and Ethics
Committee, and member of the Compensation
Committee |
Rudolph J. Borneo
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
Director and member of the Audit,
Compensation and Ethics Committee |
Scott J. Adelson
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Director |
Duane Miller
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Director |
Selwyn Joffe has been our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
since February 2003. He has been a director of our company since 1994 and Chairman since November
1999. From 1995 until his election to his present positions, he served as a consultant to us. Prior
to February 2003, Mr. Joffe was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Protea Group, Inc. a
company specializing in consulting and acquisition services. From September 2000 to December 2001,
Mr. Joffe served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Netlock Technologies, a company that
specializes in securing network communications. In 1997, Mr. Joffe co-founded Palace Entertainment,
a roll-up of amusement parks and served as its President and Chief Operating Officer until August
2000. Prior to the founding of Palace Entertainment, Mr. Joffe was the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Wolfgang Puck Food Company from 1989 to 1996. Mr. Joffe is a graduate of Emory
University with degrees in both Business and Law and is a member of the Georgia State Bar as well
as a Certified Public Accountant.
Mel Marks founded our company in 1968. Mr. Marks served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer from that time until July 1999. Prior to founding our company, Mr.
Marks was employed for over 20 years by Beck/Arnley-Worldparts, a division of Echlin, Inc. (one of
the largest importers and distributors of parts for imported cars), where he served as Vice
President. Mr. Marks has continued to serve as a consultant and director to us since July 1999.
Irv Siegel joined our Board of Directors on October 8, 2002 and is the Chairman of our Compensation
Committee and a member of our Audit, Ethics and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. Mr.
Siegel is a retired attorney admitted to the bar of the state of New Jersey with a background in
corporate finance. Since 1993, Mr. Siegel has been the principal owner of Siegel Company, a full
service commercial real estate firm. Mr. Siegel has also served as the director of real estate for
Wolfgang Puck Food Company since 1992.
Philip Gay joined our Board of Directors on November 20, 2004. Mr. Gay is currently serving as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Grill Concepts, Inc., a publicly-traded company that
operates a chain of upscale casual restaurants throughout the United States. From March 2000 until
he joined Grill Concepts, Inc. in June 2004, Mr. Gay served as Managing Director of Triple Enterprises, a business advisory firm that assisted
mid-cap companies with financing, mergers and acquisitions, franchising and strategic planning.
From March 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Gay served as an independent consultant with El Paso Energy
from time to time and assisted El Paso Energy with its efforts to reduce overall operating and
manufacturing overhead costs. Previously he served as Chief Financial Officer for California Pizza
Kitchen (1987 to 1994) and Wolfgang Puck Food Company (1994 to 1996) and held various Chief
Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer positions at Color Me Mine and Diversified Food Group
from 1996 to 2000. Mr. Gay is also on the Board of Directors of the California Restaurant
Association
39
and is a Certified Public Accountant, a former audit manager at Laventhol and Horwath
and a graduate of the London School of Economics. Mr. Gay is the Chairman of our Audit and Ethics
Committees and a member of our Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees.
Rudolph J. Borneo joined our Board of Directors on November 20, 2004. Mr. Borneo is currently Vice
Chairman and Director of Stores, Macys West, a division of Macys, Inc. Mr. Borneo served as
President of Macys California from 1989 to 1992 and President of Macys West from 1992 until his
appointment as Vice Chairman and Director of Stores. In addition, Mr. Borneo is currently on the
Board of Directors of Grill Concepts, Inc. and a member of the Board of Trustees of Monmouth
University. Mr. Borneo is a member of our Audit, Compensation, Ethics and Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committees.
Scott J. Adelson joined our Board of Directors on April 11, 2008. Mr. Adelson is also a director of
QAD since April 2006. Mr. Adelson is a Senior Managing Director and Global Co-Head of Investment
Banking for Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin, a leading international investment bank. During his 20
years with the firm, Mr. Adelson has helped advise hundreds of companies on a diverse and in-depth
variety of corporate finance issues, including mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Adelson has written
extensively on a number of corporate finance and securities valuation subjects. He is an active
member of Board of Directors of various middle-market businesses as well as several recognized
non-profit organizations, such as the USC Entrepreneur Program. Mr. Adelson holds a bachelor degree
from the University of Southern California and a Master of Business Administration degree from the
University of Chicago, Graduate School of Business.
Duane Miller joined our Board of Directors on June 5, 2008. Mr. Miller retired from General Motors
Corporation in April 2008 after 37 years of service. At the time of his retirement, Mr. Miller
served as executive director, GM Service and Parts Operations (SPO) Field Operations where he was
responsible for all SPO field activities, running GM Parts (original equipment), AC Delco
(aftermarket) and GM Accessories business channels, as well as SPOs Global Independent
Aftermarket. Mr. Miller served on the Board of Directors of OEConnection, an automotive ecommerce
organization focused on applying technology to provide supply chain solutions and analysis. He
currently serves on the Boards of Directors of McLaren Hospital in Genesee County, Michigan and the
Flint/Genesee County Convention and Visitors Bureau. His experience also includes serving on the
Board of Directors of the Urban League of Flint, Michigan, and the Boys and Girls Club of Flint,
Michigan. Mr. Miller earned a Bachelor of Science degree in marketing from Western Michigan
University, and attended the Executive Development Program at the University of California Berkeley
Hass School of Business.
Our directors will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders, or until their
successors are elected and qualified.
Corporate Governance, Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors
Each of Irv Siegel, Philip Gay, Rudolph J. Borneo, and Duane Miller, are independent within the
meaning of the applicable SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards.
Audit Committee. The current members of our Audit Committee are Philip Gay, Irv Siegel and Rudolph
Borneo, with Mr. Gay serving as chairman. Our Board of Directors have determined that all of the
Audit Committee members are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and NASDAQ
listing standards. Our Board of Directors have also determined that Mr. Gay is a financial expert
within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules. The Audit Committee oversees our auditing
procedures, receives and accepts the reports of our independent registered public accountants,
oversees our internal systems of accounting and management controls and makes recommendations to
the Board of Directors concerning the appointment of our auditors. The Audit Committee met 7 times
in fiscal 2008.
Compensation Committee. The current members of our Compensation Committee are Irv Siegel, Rudolph
Borneo and Philip Gay, with Mr. Siegel serving as chairman. The Compensation Committee is
responsible for developing and making recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to our
executive compensation policies. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for evaluating the
performance of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers and making recommendations
concerning the salary, bonuses and stock options to be awarded to these officers. No member of the
Compensation Committee has a relationship that would constitute an
40
interlocking relationship with
the executive officers or directors of another entity. For further discussion of our Compensation
Committee, see Compensation Committee; Interlocks and Insider Participation below. The
Compensation Committee met 2 times in fiscal 2008.
Ethics Committee. The current members of our Ethics Committee are Philip Gay, who serves as
Chairman, Irv Siegel and Rudolph Borneo. The Ethics Committee is responsible for implementing our
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. No issues arose which required our Ethics Committee to meet in
fiscal 2008.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We formed a Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee in June 2006 and appointed Irv Siegel, Rudolph Borneo and Philip Gay as members. Each of
the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent within the meaning
of applicable SEC rules. Beginning with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, our Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee will take responsibility for nominating candidates to our Board of
Directors.
Information about our non-director executive officers and significant employees
Our executive officers (other than executive officers who are also members of our Board of
Directors) and significant employees, their ages and present positions with our company, are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position with the Company |
Mervyn McCulloch
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Chief Acquisition Officer |
David Lee
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Kevin Daly
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer |
Steve Kratz
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Chief Operating Officer |
Tom Stricker
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Vice President, Sales Worldwide |
Michael Umansky
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel |
Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. A
brief description of the business experience of each of our executive officers other than executive
officers who are also members of our Board of Directors and significant employees is set forth
below.
Mervyn McCulloch has been our Chief Acquisition Officer since February 2008. Prior to this, Mr.
McCulloch served as our Chief Financial Officer since his appointment in October 2005. From
November 2003 until he joined our company, Mr. McCulloch served as Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer of Instone LLC, a sports nutrition and diet products company based in
Irvine, California. From November 2001 until November 2003, Mr. McCulloch was a business consultant
advising start-ups, turnaround candidates and other companies seeking equity funding. From April
1990 until October 2001, he served as Chief Financial Officer of three public companies Inovio
Biomedical Corp., Global Diamonds Inc and Armor All Products Corp., all based in southern
California. Mr. McCulloch is a certified public accountant and was a partner of Deloitte & Touche
from March 1972 to March 1990. Mr. McCulloch is a graduate of the University of South Africa and of
the University of Witwatersrand Graduate Business School Executive Development Program.
David Lee has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Lee served
as our Vice President of Finance and Strategic Planning since January 2006, focusing primarily on
financial management and strategic planning. Mr. Lee joined us in February 2005 as a Director of
Finance and Strategic Planning. His primary responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer is
treasury, budgeting and financial management. From August 2002 until he joined us in 2005, he
served as corporate controller of Palace Entertainment, an amusement and waterpark organization.
Prior to this, Mr. Lee held various corporate controller and finance positions for several domestic
companies and served in the audit department of Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Lee is a certified
public accountant. Mr. Lee earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from the University of
California, San Diego, and a
41
Masters in Business Administration degree from the University of
California Los Angeles Anderson School of Management.
Kevin Daly has been our Chief Accounting Officer since February 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Daly
served as our Vice President, Controller since he joined us in January 2006. From May 2000 until
he joined our company, Mr. Daly served as Corporate Controller for Leiner Health Products Inc., a
private label manufacturer of vitamins and over-the-counter pharmaceutical products based in
Carson, California. From November 1994 until May 2000, Mr. Daly held various director level
Finance positions at Dexter Corporation. From November 1988 until October 1994, he held various
positions in the Finance and Controllers departments of FMC Corporation, based in Chicago,
Illinois. From June 1985 to November 1988, Mr. Daly served as Controller of Bio-logic Systems
Corp. Mr. Daly is a certified public accountant and worked in the firm of Laventhol & Horwath from
1981 to 1985. Mr. Daly has a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from the University of
Illinois and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago, Graduate
School of Business.
Steven Kratz, has been our Chief Operating Officer since May 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Kratz served
as our Vice President-QA/Engineering since 2001. Mr. Kratz joined our company in April 1988. Before
joining us, Mr. Kratz was the General Manager of GKN Products Company, a division of
Beck/Arnley-Worldparts. In addition to serving as our Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Kratz heads our
quality assurance, research and development, engineering and information technology departments.
Tom Stricker, our Vice President, Sales Worldwide, has been with our company since 1989 and became
the Vice President, Sales Worldwide in April 2007. Mr. Stricker held the position of Vice President
Sales of our company
since 1989 until assuming his current position. As Vice President, Sales Worldwide, Mr. Stricker
oversees all domestic and international sales.
Michael Umansky has been our Vice President and General Counsel since January 2004 and is
responsible for all legal matters. His additional appointment as Secretary became effective
September 1, 2005. Mr. Umansky was a partner of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, and the founding and
managing partner of its Los Angeles office from 1975 until 1997 and was Of Counsel to that firm
from 1998 to July 2001. Immediately prior to joining our company, Mr. Umansky was in the private
practice of law, and during 2002 and 2003, he provided legal services to us. From February 2000
until March 2001, Mr. Umansky was Vice President, Administration and Legal, of Hiho Technologies,
Inc., a venture capital financed producer of workforce management software. Mr. Umansky is admitted
to practice law in California and New York and is a graduate of The Wharton School of the
University of Pennsylvania and Harvard Law School.
There are no family relationships among our directors or named executive officers. There are no
material proceedings to which any of our directors or executive officers or any of their
associates, is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries, or has a material interest adverse
to us or any of our subsidiaries. To our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has
been convicted in a criminal proceeding during the last five years (excluding traffic violations or
similar misdemeanors), and none of our directors or executive officers was a party to any judicial
or administrative proceeding during the last five years (except for any matters that were dismissed
without sanction or settlement) that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining the
person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities
laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and
executive officers, and persons who own more than ten percent of our common stock, to file with the
SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and other
equity securities. Based solely on our review of copies of such forms received by us, or written
representations from reporting persons that no Form 4s were required for those persons, we believe
that our insiders complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements during the 2008
fiscal year.
Code of Ethics
42
Our Board of Directors formally approved the creation of our Ethics Committee on May 8, 2003 and
adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all our employees. The Ethics
Committee is currently comprised of Philip Gay, who serves as Chairman, Irv Siegel and Rudolph
Borneo. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed with the SEC and we intend to disclose any
amendment or waiver to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in a report on Form 8-K filed with
the SEC. We will provide a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to any person without
charge, upon request addressed to the Corporate Secretary at Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., 2929
California Street, Torrance, CA 90503.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion And Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers
for fiscal 2008 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set
forth below. This discussion contains certain forward-looking statements that are based on our
current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation
programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from
currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for developing and making
recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to our executive compensation policies and
evaluating the performance of Mr. Joffe, our Chief Executive Officer, and setting his annual
compensation. The role of the Compensation Committee is to oversee our compensation and benefits
plans and policies, administer our equity
incentive plans and review and approve all compensation decisions relating to all executive
officers and directors. Mr. Joffe currently sets or negotiates the salary to be paid to our other
officers and makes recommendations with respect to bonus and option grants to be provided to these
other officers. Mr. Joffes recommendations are subject to review and approval by our Board of
Directors.
The primary objectives of the Compensation Committee with respect to executive compensation are to:
|
|
|
provide appropriate incentives to our executive officers to implement our strategic
business objectives and achieve the desired company performance; |
|
|
|
|
reward our executive officers for their contribution to our success in building
long-term shareholder value; and |
|
|
|
|
provide compensation that will attract and retain superior talent and reward
performance. |
Our method of determining compensation varies from case to case based on a discretionary and
subjective determination of what is appropriate at the time. When establishing salaries and bonus
levels, the Compensation Committee considers the scope of an executives duties and his
performance, in addition to the overall performance of our company. In determining specific
components of compensation, the Compensation Committee considers individual performance, level of
responsibility, skills and experience, and other compensation awards or arrangements.
In determining these elements of compensation for Mr. Joffe, the Compensation Committee considered
the contributions Mr. Joffe has made to our strategic direction. These contributions included
strengthening our relationships with key customers through long-term contracts, transitioning our
remanufacturing capacity to cell manufacturing and lower-cost production centers, including the
establishment of our Mexican remanufacturing facility, and building sales to the DIFM marketplace.
The Compensation Committee recognized that our company is a complicated business to manage,
particularly in light of its size and complex accounting issues. In addition, Mr. Joffes
contributions have been made during a period when several of our competitors have been under
financial stress. The Compensation Committee also takes into consideration the standard of living
of the Los Angeles vicinity in which our corporate offices are located.
Our Compensation Committee performs an annual review of our compensation policies, including the
appropriate mix of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation. The Compensation
Committee also reviews and
43
approves all annual bonus targets, long-term incentive compensation and
other benefits (including our 401(k) and our non-qualified deferred compensation plan).
Compensation Components
Our executive officer compensation program consists of five primary elements: (1) base salary; (2)
an annual bonus; (3) long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options; and (4)
non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements and (5) coverage under our broad-based employee
benefit plans, such as our group health and 401(k) plans, and executive perquisites.
Base Salary. In determining base salaries, the Compensation Committee takes into account such
factors as competitive industry and local market salary ranges, a named executive officers scope
of responsibilities, level of experience, and individual performance and contribution to our
company. The Compensation Committee also takes into account both external competitiveness for such
individuals position and internal equity of salaries of individuals in comparable positions and
markets. Base salaries are reviewed annually, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries
with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and
experience. Our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe provides that we may increase, but not
decrease, his base salary.
Annual Bonus. Bonuses paid to several of our executives, other than Mr. Joffe, were based upon Mr.
Joffes evaluation of these officers respective contribution to the results of our company. Mr.
Joffe used the guidelines of
an outside consultant to recommend to our Compensation Committee the bonuses to be awarded to the
other named executive officers.
Stock Option Program. Equity awards are an integral part of our overall executive compensation
program because we believe that our long-term performance will be enhanced through the use of
equity awards that reward our executives for maximizing shareholder value over time. We have
historically elected to use stock options that vest over time as the primary long-term equity
incentive vehicle to promote retention of our key executives. Although we have not adopted formal
stock ownership guidelines, our named directors and executive officers currently hold 22.7% of our
fully-diluted common stock, substantially through the ownership of stock options. In determining
the number of stock options to be granted to executives, we take into account the individuals
position, scope of responsibility, ability to affect profits and shareholder value and the value of
the stock options in relation to other elements of the individual executives total compensation.
Deferred Compensation Benefits. We offer a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to selected
executive officers which provides unfunded, non-tax qualified deferred compensation benefits. We
believe this program helps promote the retention of our senior executives. Participants may elect
to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan, and we make matching contributions of
25% of each participants elective contributions to the plan up to 6% of the participants
compensation for the year. Contributions for fiscal 2008 and year-end account balances for those
executive officers can be found in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table.
Other Benefits. We provide to our executive officers medical benefits that are generally available
to our other employees. Executives are also eligible to participate in our other broad-based
employee benefit plans, such as our long and short-term disability, life insurance and 401(k) plan.
Historically, the value of executive perquisites, as determined in accordance with the rules of the
SEC related to executive compensation, has not exceeded 10% of the base salary of any of our
executives.
Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the Code) generally disallows a
tax deduction for annual compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to our named executive
officers. Qualifying performance-based compensation (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Code and regulations) is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met.
We generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, when
feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax
deductible to us. However, our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee may, in
44
its judgment,
authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it
believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
In limited circumstances, we may agree to make certain items of income payable to our named
executive officers tax-neutral to them. Accordingly, we have agreed to gross-up certain payments to
our Chief Executive Officer to cover any excise taxes (and related income taxes on the gross-up
payment) that he may be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of parachute
payments (as defined in Section 280G of the Code) to be made to him upon a change of control of
our company.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis
required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and
discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to our Board of Directors that the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
By Members of the Compensation Committee
Irv Siegel, Chairman
Rudolph Borneo
Philip Gay
45
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning fiscal 2008 and 2007 compensation of our
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Acquisition Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting
Officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive
officers at the end of fiscal 2008 and 2007 and whose aggregate fiscal 2008 or 2007 compensation
was at least $100,000 for services rendered in all capacities. We refer to these individuals as our
named executive officers. Mr. Lee, Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Daly, Chief Accounting
Officer, and Mr. Kratz, Chief Operating Officer, are included as a named executive officer because of
their promotions in fiscal 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation |
|
All Other |
|
|
Name & Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary |
|
Bonus |
|
Awards |
|
Options Awards (1) |
|
Earnings |
|
Compensation (2) |
|
Total |
|
Selwyn Joffe |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
524,000 |
|
|
$ |
500,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
523,989 |
|
|
$ |
47,330 |
|
|
$ |
83,240 |
|
|
$ |
1,678,659 |
|
Chairman of the Board, |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
524,000 |
|
|
|
500,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
821,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,110 |
|
|
|
1,918,236 |
|
President and CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch. |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
250,000 |
|
|
$ |
50,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
59,738 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
22,077 |
|
|
$ |
381,915 |
|
Chief Acquisition Officer |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
245,616 |
|
|
|
50,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,768 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,021 |
|
|
|
399,505 |
|
David Lee |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
154,385 |
|
|
$ |
50,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
7,819 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
33,454 |
|
|
$ |
245,758 |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Daly |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
171,538 |
|
|
$ |
35,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,585 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
16,997 |
|
|
$ |
232,220 |
|
Chief Accounting Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steve Kratz |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
231,100 |
|
|
$ |
30,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
21,616 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
17,377 |
|
|
$ |
300,193 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
406,000 |
|
|
$ |
50,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
52,202 |
|
|
$ |
12,836 |
|
|
$ |
44,230 |
|
|
$ |
565,368 |
|
Vice President, Secretary
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
401,616 |
|
|
|
50,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,086 |
|
|
|
580,017 |
|
and General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doug Schooner |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
191,000 |
|
|
$ |
100,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
43,233 |
|
|
$ |
17,136 |
|
|
$ |
51,830 |
|
|
$ |
403,299 |
|
Vice President, |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
186,615 |
|
|
|
60,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,762 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,698 |
|
|
|
363,175 |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Stricker |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
210,000 |
|
|
$ |
60,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
43,233 |
|
|
$ |
19,751 |
|
|
$ |
20,303 |
|
|
$ |
353,387 |
|
Vice President, Sales Worldwide |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
186,615 |
|
|
|
60,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,762 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,495 |
|
|
|
332,972 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Option award amounts represent the executives portion of our reported stock compensation
expense for fiscal 2008 in accordance with FAS 123R. Please refer to footnote B and P of the
notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part IV of this Form 10-K
for discussion of the relevant assumptions to determine the option award value at the grant
date. No awards were forfeited as of March 31, 2008. |
|
(2) |
|
The following chart is a summary of the items that are included in the All Other
Compensation totals: |
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health Insurance |
|
401K Employers |
|
Employers |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Automobile Expenses |
|
Premiums |
|
Contribution |
|
Contribution |
|
Other |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selwyn Joffe |
|
$ |
34,010 |
|
|
$ |
35,475 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
13,755 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
83,240 |
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
19,076 |
|
|
$ |
3,001 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
22,077 |
|
David Lee |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
31,579 |
|
|
$ |
1,875 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
33,454 |
|
Kevin Daly |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
16,589 |
|
|
$ |
408 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
16,997 |
|
Steve Kratz |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
17,377 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
17,377 |
|
Michael Umansky |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
33,305 |
|
|
$ |
4,078 |
|
|
$ |
6,847 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
44,230 |
|
Doug Schooner |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
47,463 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,367 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
51,830 |
|
Tom Stricker |
|
$ |
3,351 |
|
|
$ |
16,589 |
|
|
$ |
363 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
20,303 |
|
2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
No options were granted to our named executive officers in fiscal 2008.
Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End
Option Awards
The following table summarizes information regarding option awards granted to our named executive
officers that remain outstanding as of March 31, 2008.
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities |
|
Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying |
|
Underlying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised Options |
|
Unexercised Options |
|
Option |
|
Option |
|
|
(#) Exercisable |
|
(#) Unexercisable |
|
Exercise |
|
Expiration |
Name |
|
vested |
|
unvested |
|
Price ($) |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selwyn Joffe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.200 |
|
|
|
01/11/2010 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.210 |
|
|
|
04/30/2010 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.130 |
|
|
|
04/30/2011 |
|
|
|
|
43,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.150 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.600 |
|
|
|
04/29/2012 |
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.160 |
|
|
|
03/2/2013 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.800 |
|
|
|
04/29/2013 |
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6.345 |
|
|
|
01/13/2014 |
|
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9.270 |
|
|
|
07/20/2014 |
|
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.010 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
(1) |
|
$ |
12.000 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,667 |
|
|
|
8,333 |
(3) |
|
$ |
9.65 |
|
|
|
10/28/2015 |
|
|
|
|
13,333 |
|
|
|
6,667 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Lee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.10 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
1,667 |
|
|
|
833 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Daly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,333 |
|
|
|
1,667 |
(4) |
|
$ |
10.15 |
|
|
|
01/3/2016 |
|
|
|
|
1,667 |
|
|
|
833 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steve Kratz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.15 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.70 |
|
|
|
05/11/2014 |
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.10 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
3,333 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
13,333 |
|
|
|
6,667 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doug Schooner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.10 |
|
|
|
04/12/2011 |
|
|
|
|
19,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.15 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.70 |
|
|
|
05/11/2014 |
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
13,333 |
|
|
|
6,667 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Stricker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.15 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.70 |
|
|
|
05/11/2014 |
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
13,333 |
|
|
|
6,667 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
08/29/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mel Marks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.21 |
|
|
|
04/30/2010 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
|
04/30/2011 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.60 |
|
|
|
04/29/2012 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.80 |
|
|
|
04/29/2013 |
|
48
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This award vests 3/10th on each anniversary from grant date, August 30, 2006, with the
remaining 1/10th vesting on the fourth anniversary from grant date, subject to continued
employment. |
|
(2) |
|
This award vests in three equal installments beginning from the grant date, August 29, 2006,
subject to continued employment. |
|
(3) |
|
This award vests in three equal installments beginning each anniversary from the grant date,
October 28, 2005, subject to continued employment. |
|
(4) |
|
This award vests in three equal installments beginning each anniversary from the grant date,
January 3, 2006, subject to continued employment. |
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
None of our named executive officers exercised any stock options or had any shares of restricted
stock vest during the 2008 fiscal year.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The following table sets forth certain information regarding contributions, earnings and account
balances under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, our only defined contribution plan that
provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax qualified, for each of the
named executive officers as of fiscal year ended March 31, 2008. A description of the material
terms and conditions of the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan follows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive |
|
Registrants |
|
Aggregate |
|
Aggregate |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Contributions in |
|
contribution in |
|
Earnings |
|
Withdrawals/Distribu |
|
Balance at |
Name |
|
Last FY |
|
last FY |
|
in Last FY |
|
tions |
|
Last FYE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selwyn Joffe |
|
$ |
55,021 |
|
|
$ |
13,755 |
|
|
$ |
(7,867 |
) |
|
$ |
(364,039 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
David Lee |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Kevin Daly |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Steve Kratz |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
$ |
27,360 |
|
|
$ |
6,847 |
|
|
$ |
(989 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
148,681 |
|
Doug Schooner |
|
$ |
17,466 |
|
|
$ |
4,367 |
|
|
$ |
(6,771 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
146,233 |
|
Tom Stricker |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
20,715 |
|
|
$ |
(226,612 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts set forth in this column are included in the Salary and Bonus columns, as
applicable, in our Summary Compensation Table. |
|
(2) |
|
See description of the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan in the Grants of Plan Based
Awards section. The following table shows our contribution to each named executive officers
account: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Contribution |
|
Interest (a) |
|
Total |
Selwyn Joffe |
|
$ |
13,755 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
13,755 |
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
David Lee |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Kevin Daly |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Steve Kratz |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
$ |
6,847 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6,847 |
|
Doug Schooner |
|
$ |
4,367 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,367 |
|
Tom Sticker |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
No interest is paid by the registrant. |
49
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
We maintain the Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan, an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of
management or highly compensated employees, including our named executive officers. Participants in
the plan may elect to defer up to 100% of their gross W-2 compensation. We make matching
contributions of 25% of each participants elective contributions to the plan, up to 6% of the
participants compensation for the plan year. The plan is designed to defer taxation to the
participant on contributions and notional earnings thereon until distribution thereof in accordance
with a participants previously made distribution elections. Insurance annuity contracts provide
funding for the plan, however, the annuity contracts are owned by us and remain subject to claims
of our general creditors.
Employment Agreements
On February 14, 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Selwyn Joffe pursuant to which
he is employed full-time as our President and Chief Executive Officer in addition to serving as our
Chairman of the Board of Directors. This agreement, which was negotiated on our behalf by Mel
Marks, the then Chairman of the Compensation Committee was originally scheduled to expire on March
31, 2006. The February 14, 2003 agreement provided for an annual base salary of $542,000, and
participation in our executive bonus program. Mr. Joffe remains entitled to receive a transaction
fee of 1.0% of the total consideration of any equity transaction, resulting in a change of
control, his efforts bring to us that we previously agreed to provide to him as part of a prior
consulting agreement with Protea Group, Mr. Joffes company. Mr. Joffe also participates in the
stock option plans approved for by the shareholders and also receives other benefits including
those generally provided to other employees.
On April 22, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe. Under
the amendment, Mr. Joffes term of employment was extended from March 31, 2006 to March 31, 2008.
His base salary, bonus arrangements, 1% transaction fee right and fringe benefits remained
unchanged.
Before the amendment, Mr. Joffe had the right to terminate his employment upon a change of control
and receive his salary and benefits through March 31, 2006. Under the amendment, upon a change of
control (which has been redefined pursuant to the amendment), Mr. Joffe will be entitled to a sale
bonus equal to the sum of (i) two times his base salary plus (ii) two times his average bonus
earned for the two years immediately prior to the change of control. The amendment also grants Mr.
Joffe the right to terminate his employment within one year of a change of control and to then
receive salary and benefits for a one-year period following such termination plus a bonus equal to
the average bonus Mr. Joffe earned during the two years immediately prior to his voluntary
termination.
If Mr. Joffe is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined in the amendment),
the registrant must pay Mr. Joffe (i) his base salary, (ii) his average bonus earned for the two
years immediately prior to termination, and (iii) all other benefits payable to Mr. Joffe pursuant
to the employment agreement, as amended, through the later of two years after the date of
termination of employment or March 31, 2008. Under the amendment, Mr. Joffe is also entitled to an
additional gross-up payment to offset the excise taxes (and related income taxes on the
gross-up payment) that he may be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of
parachute payments (as defined in Section 280G of the Code) to be made to him upon a change of
control. The amendment has redefined the term for cause to apply only to misconduct in connection
with Mr. Joffes performance of his duties. Pursuant to the amendment, any options that have been
or may be granted to Mr. Joffe will fully vest upon a change of control and be exercisable for a
two-year period following the change of control, and Mr. Joffe agreed to waive the right he
previously had under the employment agreement to require the registrant to purchase his option
shares and any underlying options if his employment were terminated for any reason. The amendment
further provides that Mr. Joffes agreement not to compete with us terminates at the end of his
employment term.
In December 2006, our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe was amended to extend the term of this
agreement from March 31, 2008 to August 30, 2009. This amendment was unanimously approved by our
Board of Directors.
On March 27, 2008, our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe was further amended to extend the term
of this agreement from August 30, 2009 to August 31, 2012. All other terms and conditions of Mr.
Joffes employment remained unchanged. This amendment was unanimously approved by our Board of
Directors.
50
In February 2008, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. McCulloch pursuant to which his
current pay and benefits will remain unchanged, except that Mr. McCulloch will be entitled to: (i)
a proportionate bonus for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 for his services as our Chief
Financial Officer during that period so long as bonuses are generally paid to our other executives;
(ii) the right to earn certain bonuses in his position as chief acquisitions officer for the
successful consummation of specified acquisitions, the amount and terms of which shall be agreed to
in writing by our Chief Executive Officer; and (iii) six months notice or the payment of six
months of his then current pay (or a combination thereof) in lieu of such notice in the event of
termination of his employment with us for any reason.
In conformity with our policy, all of our directors and officers execute confidentiality and
nondisclosure agreements upon the commencement of employment. The agreements generally provide that
all inventions or discoveries by the employee related to our business and all confidential
information developed or made known to the employee during the term of employment shall be our
exclusive property and shall not be disclosed to third parties without our prior approval.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table
The following table provides an estimate of the inherent value of Mr. Joffes employment agreement
described above, assuming the agreements were terminated on March 31, 2008, the last day of fiscal
2008. Please refer to -Employment Agreements for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before Change of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voluntary |
|
|
|
|
|
After Change of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by Mr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Control: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joffe for Good |
|
|
|
|
|
Voluntary |
|
|
Termination by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reason or |
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by |
|
|
Company for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by |
|
Change in |
|
Mr. Joffe for Good |
Benefit |
|
Cause (1) |
|
Death (2) |
|
Disability (3) |
|
Company w/o Cause (4) |
|
Control |
|
Reason (5) |
Salary Continuation |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,084,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
542,000 |
|
Bonus |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
Stock Options (6) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
316,072 |
|
|
$ |
316,072 |
|
|
$ |
316,072 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
316,072 |
|
Healthcare |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
24,000 |
|
|
$ |
48,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
24,000 |
|
Transaction Fee (7) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Sale Bonus (8) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,184,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Automobile
Allowance (9) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
36,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
Accrued Vacation
Payments |
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
$ |
144,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Upon a termination for cause, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to his accrued salary, bonus and
transaction fees (as described in footnote 7), if any, and benefits owing to him through the
day of his termination. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Joffes employment term will end on the date of his death. Upon such event, Mr. Joffes
estate will be entitled to receive his accrued salary, bonus and transaction fees (as
described in footnote 7), if any, and accrued but unused vacation time, owing to Mr. Joffe
through the date of his death. In addition, Mr. Joffes estate will assume Mr. Joffes rights
under the 1994 Stock Option Plan and the related rights under the employment agreement. |
|
(3) |
|
If during the employment term, Mr. Joffe becomes disabled and is terminated by us, Mr. Joffe
will be entitled to receive his accrued salary, bonus, and transaction fees (as described in
footnote 7), if any, and benefits owing to Mr. Joffe through the date of termination. In
addition, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive the benefits payable pursuant to a disability
insurance policy, which we pay Mr. Joffe $24,000 annually to be used by Mr. Joffe to purchase
same for his benefit. |
|
(4) |
|
Upon a termination by Mr. Joffe for good reason or by us without cause, Mr. Joffe will be
entitled to receive his base salary, his average bonus earned for the two years immediately
preceding his termination, accrued vacation, healthcare and disability benefits, automobile
allowance, and any accrued transaction fees (as described in footnote 7). The payments are to
be paid to Mr. Joffe until March 31, 2009. |
51
|
|
|
(5) |
|
If a change in control occurs, Mr. Joffe will have the right to voluntarily terminate the
employment agreement with effect on or after the one year anniversary of the change in control
upon giving at least 90 days prior written notice. Upon Mr. Joffes voluntary termination, one
year after the change in control occurs, he will be entitled to receive for one year after his
termination date, his base salary, his average bonus earned for the two years immediately
preceding his termination, accrued vacation payments, healthcare and disability benefits,
automobile allowance, and any accrued transaction fees (as described in footnote 7). |
|
(6) |
|
Upon the termination of the employment agreement, for any reason other than termination by us
for cause or termination by Mr. Joffe without good reason, any options which are not fully
vested will immediately vest and remain exercisable by Mr. Joffe for a period of two years or,
if shorter, until the ten year anniversary of the date of grant of each such option. The
inherent value shown in the table is the additional compensation expense we would have
recorded upon the immediate vesting of all options which were not fully vested at March 31,
2008. |
|
(7) |
|
In the event that one or more proposed transactions occur during the term of Mr. Joffes
employment agreement, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive a transaction fee, as additional
compensation with respect to each proposed transaction. We will pay Mr. Joffe a transaction
fee upon the closing of a proposed transaction in an amount equal to 1% of the total
consideration. Since no transaction fee was accrued as of March 31, 2008 and there were no
proposed transactions on which to estimate a 1% fee as of March 31, 2008, zero amounts were
entered. |
|
(8) |
|
Upon a change in control, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive a sale bonus equal to the sum
of (i) two times Mr. Joffes salary, plus (ii) two times Mr. Joffes average bonus earned for
the two years immediately prior to the year in which the change in control occurs. The sale
bonus will be paid to Mr. Joffe in a lump sum on the closing date of the change in control
transaction. If Mr. Joffe terminates his employment after this change of control, he will also
be entitled to the compensation and other benefits described in footnote 5 above. |
|
(9) |
|
Mr. Joffe is entitled to receive an automobile allowance until March 31, 2009 in the amount
of $1,500 per month, payable monthly. In addition, all costs of operating the automobile,
including fuel, oil, insurance, repairs, maintenance and other expenses, are our
responsibility. |
Equity Based Employee Benefit Plans
1994 Stock Option Plan. In January 1994, we adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the 1994 Plan),
under which we were authorized to issue non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to
purchase our common stock to key employees, directors and consultants. After a number of
shareholder-approved increases to this plan, at March 31, 2002, up to 960,000 shares of our common
stock were available for option grant under this plan. The term and vesting period of options
granted is determined by a committee of the Board of Directors with a term not to exceed ten years.
The exercise price of options issued pursuant to the plan may not be less than the fair market
value of our common stock at the date of grant. At the our Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on
November 8, 2002, the 1994 Plan was amended to increase the authorized number of shares issued to
1,155,000. As of March 31, 2008, options to purchase 479,225 shares of common stock were
outstanding under the 1994 Plan and no options were available for grant.
2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. On October 31, 2003, our Board of Directors adopted our 2003
Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our Board of Directors believes that it is desirable for, and in the best
interests of, us to adopt the plan and recommends that our shareholders vote in favor of the
adoption of the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan is
to foster and promote our long-term financial success and interests and to materially increase the
value of the equity interests in the Company by: (a) encouraging the long-term commitment of
selected key employees, (b) motivating superior performance of key employees by means of long-term
performance related incentives, (c) encouraging and providing key employees with a formal program
for obtaining an ownership interest in the Company, (d) attracting and retaining outstanding key
employees by providing incentive compensation opportunities competitive with other major companies,
and (e) enabling participation by key employees in our long-term growth and financial success. The
plan is administered by our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee has the full power
and authority to construe and interpret the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan and may, from time to
time, adopt such rules and regulations of carrying out the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan as it may
deem appropriate. The decisions of the Compensation Committee are final, conclusive and binding
upon all parties.
Under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Committee has the authority to grant to our key
employees and consultants the following types of awards (Incentive Awards): (i) stock options in
the form of incentive stock options qualified under section 422 of the Code (Incentive Options),
or nonqualified stock options (Nonqualified
52
Options), or both (Options); (ii) stock appreciation rights (SARs); (iii) restricted stock
(Restricted Stock); (iv) performance-based awards; and (v) supplemental payments dedicated to
payment of any income taxes that may be payable in conjunction with the 2003 Long-Term Incentive
Plan. All of our employees are eligible to participate in the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. A
total of 1,200,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for grants of Incentive Awards under
the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan will terminate on October 31,
2013, unless terminated earlier by our Board of Directors.
The Compensation Committee may limit an optionees right to exercise all or any portion of an
Option until one or more dates subsequent to the date of grant. The Compensation Committee also has
the right, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date on which all or any portion of an Option
may be exercised. The 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan also provides that, under certain
circumstances, if any employee is terminated within two years after a Change of Control (as defined
in the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan), each Option or SAR then outstanding shall immediately become
vested and immediately exercisable in full, all restrictions and conditions of all Restricted Stock
then outstanding shall be deemed satisfied and the restriction period to have expired, and all
Performance Shares and Performance Units shall become vested, deemed earned in full and properly
paid. In the event of a change of control, however, the Compensation Committee may, after notice to
the participant, require the participant to cash-out his rights by transferring them to the
Company in exchange for their equivalent cash value.
If we terminate an employees employment for any reason other than death, disability, retirement,
involuntary termination or termination for good reason, any Incentive Award outstanding at the time
and all rights there under will terminate, and unless otherwise established by the Compensation
Committee, no further vesting shall occur and the participant shall be entitled to exercise his or
her rights (if any) with respect to the portion of the Incentive Award vested as of the date of
termination for a period of 30 calendar days after such termination date; provided, however, that
if an Employee is terminated for cause, this employees right to exercise his or her rights (if
any) with respect to the vested portion of his or her Incentive Award shall terminate as of the
date of termination of employment. In the event of termination for death, disability, retirement,
or in connection with a change in control, an Incentive Award may be only exercised as provided in
an individuals Incentive agreement, or as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Options. No Incentive Option may be granted with an exercise price per share less than the
fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Nonqualified Options may be granted at
any exercise price. The exercise price of an Option may be paid in cash, by an equivalent method
acceptable to the Compensation Committee, or, at the Compensation Committees discretion, by
delivery of already owned shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise
price, or, at the Compensation Committees discretion, by delivery of a combination of cash and
already owned shares of common stock. However, if the optionee acquired the stock to be surrendered
directly or indirectly from us, he or she must have owned the stock to be surrendered for at least
six months prior to tendering such stock for the exercise of an Option.
An eligible employee may receive more than one Incentive Option, but the maximum aggregate fair
market value of the common stock (determined when the Incentive Option is granted) with respect to
which Incentive Options are first exercisable by such employee in any calendar year cannot exceed
$100,000. In addition, no Incentive Option may be granted to an employee owning directly or
indirectly stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our
stock (a 10% shareholder), unless the exercise price is not less than 110% of the fair market value
of the shares subject to such Incentive Option on the date of grant. Awards of Nonqualified Options
are not subject to these special limitations.
Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, awards under the 2003 Long-Term
Incentive Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the participant by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution. The expiration date of an Incentive Option is determined by the
Compensation Committee at the time of the grant, but in no event may an Incentive Option be
exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant of the Incentive Option (five
years in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a 10% shareholder).
SARs. SARs may be granted under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan in conjunction with all
or part of an Option, or separately. The exercise price of the SAR shall not be less than the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of the grant of the option to which it relates. The
SAR granted in conjunction with an Option will be exercisable only when the underlying Option is
exercisable and once an SAR has been exercised, the related portion of the
53
Option underlying the SAR will terminate. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Company will pay to the
Participant in cash, common stock, or a combination thereof (the method of payment to be at the
discretion of the Compensation Committee), an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value
of the common stock on the exercise date over the option price, multiplied by the number of SARs
being exercised.
The Compensation Committee, either at the time of grant or at the time of exercise of any
Nonqualified Option or SAR, may provide for a supplemental payment (Supplemental Payment) by the
Company to the Participant with respect to the exercise of any Nonqualified Option or SAR, in an
amount specified by the Compensation Committee, but which shall not exceed the amount necessary to
pay the federal income tax payable with respect to both the exercise of the Nonqualified Option
and/or SAR and the receipt of the Supplemental Payment, based on the assumption that the
shareholder is taxed at the maximum effective federal income tax rate on such amounts. The
Committee shall have the discretion to grant Supplemental Payments that are payable in cash, common
stock, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of
payment.
Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock awards may be granted under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive
Plan, and the provisions applicable to a grant of Restricted Stock may vary among participants. In
making an award of Restricted Stock, the Committee will determine the periods during which the
Restricted Stock is subject to forfeiture. During the restriction period, the Participant may not
sell, transfer, pledge or assign the Restricted Stock, but will be entitled to vote the Restricted
Stock. The Compensation Committee, at the time of vesting of Restricted Stock, may provide for a
Supplemental Payment by the Company to the participant in an amount specified by the Compensation
Committee that shall not exceed the amount necessary to pay the federal income tax payable with
respect to both the vesting of the Restricted Stock and receipt of the Supplemental Payment, based
on the assumption that the employee is taxed at the maximum effective federal income tax rate on
such amount.
Performance Units. The Compensation Committee may grant Incentive Awards representing a
contingent right to receive cash (Performance Units) or shares of common stock (Performance
Shares) at the end of a performance period. The Compensation Committee may grant Performance Units
and Performance Shares in such a manner that more than one performance period is in progress
concurrently. For each performance period, the Compensation Committee shall establish the number of
Performance Units or Performance Shares and the contingent value of any Performance Units or
Performance Shares, which may vary depending on the degree to which performance objectives
established by the Compensation Committee are met. The Compensation Committee may modify the
performance measures and objectives as it deems appropriate.
The basis for payment of Performance Units or Performance Shares for a given performance period
shall be the achievement of those financial and non-financial performance objectives determined by
the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period. If minimum performance is
not achieved for a performance period, no payment shall be made and all contingent rights shall
cease. If minimum performance is achieved or exceeded, the value of a Performance Unit or
Performance Share shall be based on the degree to which actual performance exceeded the
pre-established minimum performance standards, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The
amount of payment shall be determined by multiplying the number of Performance Units or Performance
Shares granted at the beginning of the performance period by the final Performance Unit or
Performance Share value. Payments shall be made, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee,
solely in cash or common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock, following the close of
the applicable performance period.
The Compensation Committee, at the date of payment with respect to such Performance Units or
Performance Shares, may provide for a Supplemental Payment by us to the Participant in an amount
specified by the Compensation Committee, which shall not exceed the amount necessary to pay the
federal income tax payable with respect to the amount of payment made with respect to such
Performance Units or Performance Shares and receipt of the Supplemental Payment, based on the
assumption that the Participant is taxed at the maximum effective federal income tax rate on such
amount.
Non-Employee Director Option Plan. The purpose of our Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan is to
foster and promote our long-term financial success and interests and to materially increase the
value of the equity interests in the Company by: (a) increasing our ability to attract and retain
talented men and women to serve on our Board of
54
Directors, (b) increasing the incentives that these non-employee directors have to help us succeed
and (c) providing our non-employee directors with an increased opportunity to share in our
long-term growth and financial success.
Under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director will be granted
options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock upon their election to our Board of
Directors. In addition, each non-employee director will be awarded an option to purchase an
additional 3,000 shares of our common stock for each full year of service on our Board of
Directors. The exercise price for each of these options will be equal to the fair market value of
our common stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of an option is payable only
in cash. Options awarded under the Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the
participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Each of these options will have a ten-year term. One-third of the options will be exercisable
immediately upon grant, and one-half of the remaining portion of each option grant will vest and
become exercisable on the first and second anniversary dates of the date of grant, assuming that
the non-employee director remains on our Board of Directors on each such anniversary date. In the
event of a change of control, we may, after notice to the participant, require the participant to
cash-out his rights by transferring them to us in exchange for their equivalent cash value.
The Board of Directors shall not have the right to modify the number of options granted to a
non-employee director or the terms of the option grants.
A total of 175,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for grants of stock options under the
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. The Plan will terminate ten years from its adoption by our
shareholders unless terminated earlier by our Board of Directors.
Tax Consequences. Under current tax laws, the grant of an option generally will not be a
taxable event to the optionee, and we will not be entitled to a deduction with respect to such
grant. Upon the exercise of an option, the non-employee director optionee will recognize ordinary
income at the time of exercise equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the shares of
common stock received over the exercise price. The taxable income recognized upon exercise of a
nonqualified option will be treated as compensation income subject to withholding, and we will be
entitled to deduct as a compensation expense an amount equal to the ordinary income an optionee
recognizes with respect to such exercise. When common stock received upon the exercise of a
nonqualified option subsequently is sold or exchanged in a taxable transaction, the holder thereof
generally will recognize capital gain (or loss) equal to the difference between the total amount
realized and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise; the character of
such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss will depend upon the holding
period of the shares following exercise.
Amendment and Termination. The Board of Directors may from time to time amend, and the
Board of Directors may terminate, the Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan, provided that no such
action shall modify the number of options granted to a non-employee director or change the terms of
any option grants, in each case as summarized in the preceding discussion, or adversely affect
option rights already granted there under without the consent of the impacted non-employee
director. In addition, no amendment may be made without the approval of our shareholders if
shareholder approval is necessary in order to comply with applicable law.
2008 Director Compensation
We use a combination of cash and equity incentives to compensate our non-employee directors.
Directors who are also our employees received no compensation for their service on our Board of
Directors in fiscal 2008. To determine the appropriate level of compensation for our non-employee
directors, we take into consideration the significant amount of time and dedication required by the
directors to fulfill their duties on our Board of Directors and Board of Directors committees as
well as the need to continue to attract highly qualified candidates to serve on our Board of
Directors. In addition, our compensation arrangement with Mel Marks reflects his 46 years of
relevant experience in the industry and our company. The information provided in the following
table reflects the compensation received by our directors for their service on our Board of
Directors in fiscal 2008.
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
|
Name |
|
in Cash |
|
Stock Awards |
|
Option Awards (1) |
|
Compensation |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philip Gay |
|
$ |
90,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
12,224 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
102,224 |
|
Rudolph Borneo |
|
$ |
47,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
12,224 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
59,224 |
|
Irv Siegel |
|
$ |
47,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
12,969 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
59,969 |
|
Mel Marks |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
350,000 |
|
|
$ |
350,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Option award amounts represent our non-employee directors portion of our reported
share-based payment expense for fiscal 2008 in accordance with SFAS 123R. |
We have supplemental compensatory arrangements with Mel Marks, our founder, largest shareholder and
member of our Board of Directors. In August 2000, our Board of Directors agreed to engage Mel Marks
to provide consulting services to our company. Mr. Marks is paid an annual consulting fee of
$350,000 per year. We can terminate our consulting arrangement with Mr. Marks at any time.
We agreed to pay Mr. Gay $90,000 per year for serving on our Board of Directors, as well as
assuming the responsibility for being Chairman of our Audit and Ethics Committees.
In addition, each of our non-employee directors, other than Messrs. Marks and Gay, receives annual
compensation of $20,000 and is paid a fee of $2,000 for attending each Board of Directors meeting,
$2,000 for attending each Audit Committee meeting and $500 for any other Board of Directors
committee meeting attended. Each director is also reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred to attend Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings.
Under our Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director is granted options to
purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock upon their election to our Board of Directors. In
addition, each non-employee director is awarded an option to purchase an additional 3,000 shares of
our common stock for each full year of service on our Board of Directors.
Indemnification of Executive Officers and Directors
Article Seven of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, in part, that to the extent
required by New York Business Corporation Law, or NYBCL, no director shall have any personal
liability to us or our shareholders for damage for any breach of duty as such director, provided
that each such director shall be liable under the following circumstances: (a) in the event that a
judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director establishes that his acts or
omissions were in bad faith, involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that
such director personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which such
director was not legally entitled or that such directors acts violated Section 719 of the NYBCL or
(b) for any act or omission prior to the adoption of Article Seven of our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
Article Nine of our Bylaws provide that we shall indemnify any person, by reason of the fact that
such person is or was a director or officer of our company or served any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise in any capacity at
our request, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses,
including attorneys fees incurred as a result of an action or proceeding, or any appeal therefrom,
provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made to, or on behalf of, any director or
officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director or officer establishes
that (a) his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate
dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (b) he or
she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not
legally entitled.
We may purchase and maintain insurance for our own indemnification and for that of our directors
and officers and other proper persons as described in Article Nine of our Bylaws. We maintain and
pay premiums for directors and officers liability insurance policies.
56
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of New York and Sections 721-726 of Article 7 of
the NYBCL provide for the indemnification and advancement of expenses to directors and officers.
Section 721 of the NYBCL provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions
contained in the NYBCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights which a director or officer
seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, provided no indemnification may
be made on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to
the director or officer establishes that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the
result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated,
or that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or
she was not legally entitled.
Section 722 of the NYBCL permits, in general, a New York corporation to indemnify any person made,
or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
was a director or officer of that corporation, or served another entity in any capacity at the
request of that corporation, against any judgment, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable
expenses, including attorneys fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or
proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such person acted in good faith, for a purpose he or she
reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service of another entity, not opposed to, the
best interests of that corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, who in addition had no
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. However, no indemnification may
be made to, or on behalf of, any director or officer in a derivative suit in respect of (a) a
threatened action or a pending action that is settled or otherwise disposed of or (b) any claim,
issue or matter for which the person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and
only to the extent that a court in which the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any
court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that the person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnify for that portion of settlement and expenses as the court deems
proper.
Section 723 of the NYBCL permits a New York corporation to pay in advance of a final disposition of
such action or proceeding the expenses incurred in defending such action or proceeding upon receipt
of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount as, and to the
extent, required by statute. Section 724 of the NYBCL permits a court to award the indemnification
required by Section 722.
Section 725 provides for repayment of such expenses when the recipient is ultimately found not to
be entitled to indemnification. Section 726 provides that a corporation may obtain indemnification
insurance indemnifying itself and its directors and officers.
The foregoing is only a summary of the described sections of the NYBCL and our Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws and is qualified in its entirety by the reference to such
sections and charter documents.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors determines the compensation of our officers
and directors. None of our executive officers currently serves on the compensation committee or
Board of Directors of any other company of which any members of our Board of Directors or our
Compensation Committee is an executive officer.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners And
Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
The following table sets forth, as of June 9, 2008, certain information as to the common stock
ownership of each of our named executive officers, directors, all executive officers and directors
as a group and all persons known by us to be the beneficial owners of more than five percent of our
common stock. The percentage of common stock beneficially owned is based on 12,070,555 shares of
common stock outstanding as of June 9, 2008.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number
of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership held by that person,
shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or
will become exercisable within 60 days of June 9, 2008 are deemed outstanding, while these shares
are not deemed outstanding for determining the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless
otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole
voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community
property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of
the stockholder is c/o Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. 2929 California Street, Torrance, CA 90503.
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount and Nature of |
|
Percent of |
Name and Address of Beneficial Shareholder |
|
Beneficial Ownership (1) |
|
Class |
Mel Marks (2) |
|
|
1,672,655 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
% |
Third Point LLC (3) |
|
|
1,150,000 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
% |
Costa Brava Partnership (4) |
|
|
982,608 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
% |
William Blair & Company, L.L.C (5) |
|
|
928,965 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
% |
Janus Capital Management LLC (6) |
|
|
746,670 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
% |
Midwood Capital Management, LLC (7) |
|
|
707,438 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
% |
Selwyn Joffe (8) |
|
|
789,750 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
% |
Philip Gay (9) |
|
|
31,000 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Rudolph Borneo (10) |
|
|
31,000 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Scott Adelson (11) |
|
|
8,333 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Duane Miller (12) |
|
|
8,333 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Irv Siegel (13) |
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Doug Schooner (14) |
|
|
61,425 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Tom Stricker (15) |
|
|
54,583 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Steve Kratz (16) |
|
|
50,767 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Michael Umansky (17) |
|
|
38,333 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Mervyn McCulloch (18) |
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
* |
David Lee (19) |
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Kevin Daly (20) |
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
|
* |
Directors and executive officers as a group 14 persons (21) |
|
|
2,793,754 |
|
|
|
22.7 |
% |
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock. |
|
(1) |
|
The listed shareholders, unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, have direct
ownership over the amount of shares indicated in the table. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 6,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 150,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based
on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 13, 2008, Daniel S. Loeb as the Chief
Executive Officer of Third Point LLC, which is the investment manager of Third Point Offshore
Fund, Ltd., has the power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock held of record
by Third Point LLC and Third Point Offshore Fund, Ltd. The business address of each of Third
Point LLC and Mr. Loeb is
390 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022. The business address of Third Point Offshore Fund, Ltd. is
c/o Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9002,
Cayman Islands, British West Indies. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes 13,650 shares issuable upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based on
a schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 12, 2008, Seth W. Hamot as the president of
Roark, Rearden & Hamot LLP, which is the general partner of Costa Brava Partnership III L.P.,
has the power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock held of record by Costa
Brava Partnership III L.P. The business address of each of Costa Brava Partnership II L.P.,
Seth W. Hamot and Roark, Rearden & Hamot, LLC is 420 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes 111,575 shares issuable upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based
on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 9, 2008, William Blair & Company LLC was the
beneficial owner with sole power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock. The
business address of William Blair & Company LLC is 222 W Adams, Chicago, IL 60606. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 96,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based on
a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on March 11, 2008, Janus Capital Management LLC, which is
the investment advisor of Janus Venture Fund, has the power to vote and dispose of the shares
of our common stock held of record by Janus Capital Management LLC and Janus Venture Fund. The
business address of Janus Capital Management LLC and Janus Venture Fund is 151 Detroit Street,
Denver, Colorado 80206. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes 13,649 shares issuable upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based
on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on March 31, 2008. Midwood Capital Partners, LLC is the
sole general partner of Midwood Capital Partners, L.P., the record holder of 317,738 shares of
our common stock and Midwood Capital Partners QP, L.P., the record holder of 390,060 shares of
our common stock. David E. Cohen and Ross D. DeMont as manager of Midwood Capital Partners,
LLC have the power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock held by these
entities. The business address of each of Midwood Capital Partners, LLC and Messrs. Cohen and
DeMont is 575 Boylston Street, 4th Floor, Boston, MA 02116. |
58
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Represents 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable under the 1996 Stock
Option Plan (the 1996 Stock Option Plan); 255,250 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options under the 1994 Stock Option Plan; and 4,500 shares issuable upon exercise
of currently exercisable options granted under the Non-Employee Director Plan and 500,000
shares issuable upon exercise of options under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents 31,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted
under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(10) |
|
Represents 31,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted
under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(11) |
|
Represents 8,333 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under
the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(12) |
|
Represents 8,333 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under
the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(13) |
|
Represents 6,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under
the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(14) |
|
Includes 24,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan and 37,333 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan, and includes 92 shares of common stock held by The Schooner 2003 Family Trust. Mr. Schooner expressly disclaims
ownership of the shares held by The Schooner 2003 Family Trust. |
|
(15) |
|
Includes 17,250 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan and 37,333 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(16) |
|
Includes 38,100 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan and 12,667 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(17) |
|
Includes 38,333 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 2003
Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(18) |
|
Includes 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 2003
Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(19) |
|
Includes 6,667 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 2003
Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(20) |
|
Includes 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 2003
Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(21) |
|
Includes 340,600 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under
the 1994 Stock Option Plan; 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable
options granted under the 1996 Stock Option Plan; 4,500 shares issuable upon exercise of
currently exercisable options granted under the Non-Employee Director Plan; 667,333 shares
issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2003 Long Term
Incentive Plan; and 84,666 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
Information regarding our securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plan is
found in Item 5 Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities, Equity Compensation Plan Information.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
We have entered into a consulting agreement with Mel Marks, our founder, member of our Board of
Directors and largest shareholder. We currently pay Mel Marks a consulting fee of $350,000 per year
under this arrangement. We have also agreed to pay Mr. Gay, a member of our Board of Directors,
$90,000 per year for his service as a member of our Board of Directors and Chairman of our Audit
Committee. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption Item 11 Executive
Compensation 2008 Director Compensation.
Based upon the terms of agreements we previously entered into with Mr. Richard Marks, we paid the
costs he incurred in connection with the SEC and United States Attorneys Offices investigation.
During fiscal 2006 and 2005, we incurred costs of approximately $368,000 and $556,000,
respectively, pursuant to this indemnification arrangement. As provided in the agreements with Mr.
Richard Marks, we sought reimbursement from him of certain of the legal fees and costs we advanced.
In June 2006, we entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Mr. Marks. Under this
agreement (which was unanimously approved by a Special Committee of the Board of Directors
consisting of Messrs. Borneo, Gay and Siegel), Mr. Marks agreed to pay us $682,000 as partial
reimbursement of the legal fees and costs we had advanced pursuant our pre-existing indemnification
agreements with Mr. Marks. In June 2006, we recorded a shareholder note receivable for the $682,000
Mr. Marks owes us. The note is classified in shareholders equity as it is collateralized by our
common stock. This amount was due on January 15, 2008. Mr. Marks also agreed to pay interest at the
prime rate plus one percent on June 15, 2007 (paid on
59
June 22, 2007) and January 15, 2008 (paid on
January 22, 2008). Mr. Marks pledged 80,000 shares of our common stock that he owns to secure this
obligation. If at any time the market price of the stock pledged by Mr. Marks was less than 125% of
Mr. Marks obligation, he was required to pledge additional stock to maintain not less than the
125% coverage level. Under the terms of an amendment to the agreement with Mr. Marks that was
effective January 15, 2008, we agreed to extend the due date of Mr. Marks obligation to pay
$682,000 from January 15, 2008 to July 15, 2008. This amendment was unanimously approved by the
Special Committee of the Board of Directors that had approved the original Settlement Agreement.
Mr. Marks agreed to pledge an additional 31,500 shares of our common stock that he owns to secure
this obligation and any additional shares necessary to maintain no less than a 140% coverage level.
Mr. Marks pledged additional 20,528 shares and 33,492 share, in March 2008 and May 2008,
respectively, to maintain the necessary coverage level. Mr. Marks also agreed to pay interest at
the prime rate plus three percent during the extension period.
Our practice with regards to related party transactions has been for our Board of Directors, or a
committee thereof, to review, approve and/or ratify such transactions as they arise.
Director Independence
Information regarding the independence of our directors can be found in Item 10 Directors,
Executives Officers and Corporate Governance Corporate Governance, Board of Directors and
Committees of the Board of Directors.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The following table summarizes the total fees we paid to our current independent certified public
accountants, Ernst & Young, effective November 30, 2007, and our prior independent certified public
accountants, Grant Thornton LLP, for professional services provided during the following fiscal
years ended March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Audit Fees |
|
$ |
2,638,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,769,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,488,000 |
|
Audit Related Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other Fees |
|
|
199,000 |
|
|
|
67,000 |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
2,837,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,836,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,503,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit fees billed in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of (i) the audit of our annual financial
statements, (ii) the reviews of our quarterly financial statements, (iii) the review of our
compliance with SOX 404 requirements, (iv) the review of SEC letters (v) the review of restated
financial statements and related Forms 10-K/A and 10-Q/A, and (vi) services associated with SEC
registration statements.
Other fees billed in fiscal 2008 consisted of professional services for due diligence work related
to a potential acquisition and the adoption of FIN 48. Other fees billed in fiscal 2007 relate
primarily to professional services related to our POS unwind transaction and SFAS 123R. Other fees
billed in fiscal 2006 relate to attendance at our annual shareholders meeting and at a meeting
regarding and a tour of our new facility in Tijuana, Mexico.
Our Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be performed by our
independent auditors and will not approve any services that are not permitted by SEC rules. All of
the audit and non-audit related fees in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 were pre-approved by the Audit
Committee.
60
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
a. Documents filed as part of this report:
(1) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:
(2) Schedules.
(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 declared effective on March
22, 1994 (the 1994 Registration
Statement). |
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (No. 33-97498) declared
effective on November 14, 1995
(the 1995 Registration
Statement). |
|
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997 (the 1997 Form 10-K). |
|
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.4 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 (the 1998 Form 10-K). |
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit C to the Companys proxy
statement on Schedule 14A filed
with the SEC on November 25,
2003. |
|
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
By-Laws of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the 1994
Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate of the Companys
common stock
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the 1994
Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Form of Underwriters common stock purchase
warrant
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to the 1994
Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
1994 Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.3 to the 1994
Registration Statement. |
61
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.4 to the 1994
Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.5 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
the fiscal year ended March 31,
1995. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
1996 Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.6 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form
S-2 (No. 333-37977) declared
effective on November 18, 1997
(the 1997 Registration
Statement). |
|
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of February 24,
1998, by and between the Company and
Continental Stock Transfer and Trust
Company, as rights agent
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.8 to the 1998
Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
2003 Long Term Incentive Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.9 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form
S-8 filed with the SEC on April
2, 2004. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Appendix A to the Proxy Statement
on Schedule 14A for the 2004
Annual Shareholders Meeting. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement among the
Company and the investors identified on the
signature pages thereto, dated as of May
18, 2007
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Form of Warrant to be issued by the Company
to investors in connection with the May
2007 Private Placement
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Amendment to Lease, dated October 3, 1996,
by and between the Company and Golkar
Enterprises, Ltd. relating to additional
property in Torrance, California
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the December 31,
1996 Form 10-Q. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated September 19, 1995,
by and between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. and
the Company relating to the Companys
facility located in Torrance, California
|
|
1997 Form 10-K. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the
1995 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated
as of April 1, 1997, by and among the
Company, Mel Marks, Richard Marks and
Vincent Quek relating to the acquisition of
MVR and Unijoh
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.22 to the 1997 Form
10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement for
officers and directors
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.25 to the 1997
Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Warrant to purchase common stock, dated
April 20, 2000, by and between the Company
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.29 to the 2001 10-K. |
62
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Warrant dated May 31,
2001, by and between the Company and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.32 to the 2001 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement, dated
February 14, 2003, by and between the
Company and Selwyn Joffe
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.42 to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated July 17, 2002, by
and between the Company and Houlihan Lokey
Howard & Zukin Capital
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.43 to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 15,
2002, between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. and
the Company relating to property in
Torrance, California
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.44 to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
Separation Agreement and Release, dated
February 14, 2003, between the Company and
Anthony Souza
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.45 to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2003,
between the Company and Charles Yeagley
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.46 to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
Form of Warrant Cancellation Agreement and
Release, dated April 30, 2003, between the
Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.47 to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
Form of Agreement, dated June 5, 2002, by
and between the Company and Sun Trust Bank
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.38 to the 2002 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated May 28, 2004,
between the Company and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended March 31, 2004
(the 2004 10-K). |
|
|
|
|
|
10.15*
|
|
Addendum to Vendor Agreement, dated May 8,
2004, between AutoZone Parts, Inc. and the
Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated November 1,
2003, between the Company and Bill Laughlin
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Form of Orbian Discount Agreement between
the Company and Orbian Corp.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
Form of Standard Industrial/Commercial
Multi-Tenant Lease, dated May 25, 2004,
between the Company and Golkar Enterprises,
Ltd for property located at 530 Maple
Avenue, Torrance, California
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.18 to the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February
28, 2001, between the Company and Mel Marks
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on March 29, 2001. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Build to Suit Lease Agreement, dated
October 28, 2004, among Motorcar Parts de
Mexico, S.A. de CV, the Company and Beatrix
Flourie Geoffroy
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 2,
2004. |
63
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement,
dated April 19, 2004, between the Company
and Selwyn Joffe
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated
as of April 10, 2006, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
Union Bank of California, N.A. Revolving
Note, dated as of April 10, 2006, executed
by Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and
Union Bank of California. N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release,
Secured Promissory Note and Stock Pledge
Agreement, all dated June 26, 2006, between
the Company and Mr. Richard Marks
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated
as of August 8, 2006, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on August 16,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.26
|
|
Revolving Note, dated as of August 8, 2006,
executed by Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
and Union Bank of California. N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on August 16,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.27*
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Pay-On-Scan Addendum,
dated August 22, 2006, between AutoZone
Parts, Inc. and the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on August 30,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.28*
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Vendor Agreement, dated
August 22, 2006, between AutoZone Parts,
Inc. and Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on August 30,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.29
|
|
Lease Agreement Amendment, dated October
12, 2006, between the Company and Beatrix
Flourie Geffroy
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 20,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.30
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated
as of November 10, 2006, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 11,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated
as of November 20, 2006, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Golkar
Enterprises, Ltd.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 27,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.32
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement
between the Company and Selwyn Joffe
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on December 7,
2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated
as of March 21, 2007, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
Side letter regarding Credit Agreement,
dated March 21, 2007, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007. |
64
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
10.35
|
|
Non-revolving Note, dated March 21, 2007,
executed by Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
in favor of Union Bank of California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.3 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.36
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement among the
Company and the investors identified on the
signature pages thereto, dated as of May
18, 2007
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.37
|
|
Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement,
dated as of June 27, 2007, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.37 to the 2007 Form
10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.38
|
|
Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated
as of August 7, 2007, between Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.38 to the Form 10-Q
filed on August 9, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.39
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of October 24, 2007, between
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union
Bank of California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 24,
2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.40
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 14,
2008, between Motorcar Parts of America,
Inc. and Union Bank of California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on January 17,
2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.41
|
|
Revolving Note, dated as of January 14,
2008, executed by Motorcar Parts of
America, Inc. in favor of Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on January 17,
2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.42
|
|
Letter Agreement between the Company and
Mervyn McCulloch, dated February 6, 2008
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on February 6,
2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.43
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement
between the Company and Selwyn Joffe
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.44
|
|
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008,
between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and
Union Bank of California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.48 to the 2003 Form
10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
Preferability Letter to the Company from
Grant Thornton LLP
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 18.1 to the 2001 Form
10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm Ernst & Young LLP
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm Grant Thornton LLP
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
pursuant to
|
|
Filed herewith. |
65
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 302 of the Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
Certification of Chief Accounting Officer
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Portions of this exhibit have been granted confidential treatment by the SEC. |
66
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
|
|
Dated: June 16, 2008 |
By: |
/s/ David Lee
|
|
|
|
David Lee |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
Dated: June 16, 2008 |
By: |
/s/ Kevin Daly
|
|
|
|
Kevin Daly |
|
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has
been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Selwyn Joffe
Selwyn Joffe
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kevin Daly
Kevin Daly
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Scott Adelson
Scott Adelson
|
|
Director
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Rudolph Borneo
Rudolph Borneo
|
|
Director
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Philip Gay
Philip Gay
|
|
Director
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Duane Miller
Duane Miller
|
|
Director
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Irv Siegel
Irv Siegel
|
|
Director
|
|
June 16, 2008 |
67
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
69 |
|
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
S-1 |
|
68
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
We have audited Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as
of March 31, 2008 based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2008, based on the COSO
criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
as of March 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity,
and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2008 and our report dated June 10, 2008 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Woodland Hills, California
June 10, 2008
69
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity, and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2008. Our audit also
included the 2008 financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These
financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and subsidiaries at
March 31, 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year
ended March 31, 2008 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our
opinion, the related 2008 financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of
accounting for share-based payments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 (revised 2004) on April 1, 2006, and its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48 on April 1, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting
as of March 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June
10, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Woodland Hills, California
June 10, 2008
70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, changes in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended March 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
March 31, 2007 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years
in the period ended March 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America.
As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted SFAS 123R,
Accounting for Share-Based Compensation (revised), using the modified prospective transition
method as of April 1, 2006.
Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements
taken as a whole. Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a
required part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly
stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
As described in Note T, the Company has disclosed a possible underpayment of duties payable to the
U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
June 28, 2007 (except for
Note T as to which the date
is October 15, 2007)
71
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
March 31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
1,935,000 |
|
|
$ |
349,000 |
|
Short term investments |
|
|
373,000 |
|
|
|
859,000 |
|
Accounts receivable net |
|
|
3,556,000 |
|
|
|
2,259,000 |
|
Inventory net |
|
|
32,707,000 |
|
|
|
32,260,000 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,670,000 |
|
Deferred income tax asset |
|
|
5,657,000 |
|
|
|
6,768,000 |
|
Inventory unreturned |
|
|
4,124,000 |
|
|
|
3,886,000 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
1,608,000 |
|
|
|
1,873,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
49,960,000 |
|
|
|
49,924,000 |
|
Plant and equipment net |
|
|
15,996,000 |
|
|
|
16,051,000 |
|
Long-term core inventory |
|
|
50,808,000 |
|
|
|
42,076,000 |
|
Long-term core inventory deposit |
|
|
22,477,000 |
|
|
|
21,617,000 |
|
Long term deferred income tax asset |
|
|
1,357,000 |
|
|
|
1,817,000 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
810,000 |
|
|
|
501,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
$ |
141,408,000 |
|
|
$ |
131,986,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
32,401,000 |
|
|
$ |
42,756,000 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
2,200,000 |
|
|
|
1,292,000 |
|
Accrued salaries and wages |
|
|
3,396,000 |
|
|
|
2,780,000 |
|
Accrued workers compensation claims |
|
|
2,042,000 |
|
|
|
3,972,000 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
392,000 |
|
|
|
285,000 |
|
Line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,800,000 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
373,000 |
|
|
|
859,000 |
|
Deferred income |
|
|
133,000 |
|
|
|
133,000 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
448,000 |
|
|
|
225,000 |
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations |
|
|
1,711,000 |
|
|
|
1,568,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
43,096,000 |
|
|
|
76,670,000 |
|
Deferred income, less current portion |
|
|
122,000 |
|
|
|
255,000 |
|
Deferred core revenue |
|
|
2,927,000 |
|
|
|
1,575,000 |
|
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback |
|
|
1,340,000 |
|
|
|
1,859,000 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
265,000 |
|
|
|
170,000 |
|
Capitalized lease obligations, less current portion |
|
|
2,565,000 |
|
|
|
3,629,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
50,315,000 |
|
|
|
84,158,000 |
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock; par value $.01 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A junior participating preferred stock; par value $.01 per share,
20,000 shares authorized; none issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock; par value $.01 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized;
12,070,555 and 8,373,122 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2008
and 2007, respectively |
|
|
121,000 |
|
|
|
84,000 |
|
Additional paid-in capital-common stock |
|
|
92,663,000 |
|
|
|
56,241,000 |
|
Additional paid-in capital-warrant |
|
|
1,879,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(3,248,000 |
) |
|
|
(7,855,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
91,093,000 |
|
|
|
47,828,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
$ |
141,408,000 |
|
|
$ |
131,986,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-1
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
133,337,000 |
|
|
$ |
136,323,000 |
|
|
$ |
108,397,000 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
96,117,000 |
|
|
|
115,040,000 |
|
|
|
82,992,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
37,220,000 |
|
|
|
21,283,000 |
|
|
|
25,405,000 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
19,746,000 |
|
|
|
18,185,000 |
|
|
|
14,337,000 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
3,456,000 |
|
|
|
4,116,000 |
|
|
|
3,536,000 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
1,267,000 |
|
|
|
1,457,000 |
|
|
|
1,234,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
24,469,000 |
|
|
|
23,758,000 |
|
|
|
19,107,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
12,751,000 |
|
|
|
(2,475,000 |
) |
|
|
6,298,000 |
|
Other (expense) income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(5,514,000 |
) |
|
|
(5,996,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,974,000 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
66,000 |
|
|
|
83,000 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
7,303,000 |
|
|
|
(8,388,000 |
) |
|
|
3,344,000 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
2,696,000 |
|
|
|
(3,432,000 |
) |
|
|
1,259,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
4,607,000 |
|
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
11,522,326 |
|
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,251,319 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
11,808,219 |
|
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,483,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-2
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders Equity
For the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Paid-in |
|
|
Additional Paid-in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Capital Common |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Shareholder Note |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Stock |
|
|
Warrants |
|
|
Receivable |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Income |
|
Balance at March 31, 2005 |
|
|
8,183,955 |
|
|
$ |
82,000 |
|
|
$ |
53,627,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(55,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,984,000 |
) |
|
$ |
48,670,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
132,150 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
285,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,000 |
|
|
$ |
76,000 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,225,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2006 |
|
|
8,316,105 |
|
|
|
83,000 |
|
|
|
54,326,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,000 |
|
|
|
(2,899,000 |
) |
|
|
51,595,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
57,017 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
293,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Compensation recognized under
employee stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,557,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,557,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
$ |
82,000 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127,000 |
) |
|
|
(127,000 |
) |
Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(5,001,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
|
|
8,373,122 |
|
|
|
84,000 |
|
|
|
56,241,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
(7,855,000 |
) |
|
|
47,828,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
55,524 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
262,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Compensation recognized under
employee stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,052,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,052,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock and warrants
issued upon PIPE offering,
net of expenses |
|
|
3,641,909 |
|
|
|
36,000 |
|
|
|
34,990,000 |
|
|
|
1,879,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,905,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(120,000 |
) |
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440,000 |
|
|
|
440,000 |
|
Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,607,000 |
|
|
|
4,607,000 |
|
|
|
4,607,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,927,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2008 |
|
|
12,070,555 |
|
|
$ |
121,000 |
|
|
$ |
92,663,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,879,000 |
|
|
$ |
(682,000 |
) |
|
$ |
360,000 |
|
|
$ |
(3,248,000 |
) |
|
$ |
91,093,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-3
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Years Ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
4,607,000 |
|
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
2,960,000 |
|
|
|
2,323,000 |
|
|
|
2,180,000 |
|
Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback |
|
|
(518,000 |
) |
|
|
(518,000 |
) |
|
|
(218,000 |
) |
Provision for (recovery of) inventory reserves |
|
|
1,017,000 |
|
|
|
379,000 |
|
|
|
(173,000 |
) |
Provision for (recovery of) customer payment discrepencies |
|
|
(294,000 |
) |
|
|
(71,000 |
) |
|
|
1,360,000 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
124,000 |
|
|
|
175,000 |
|
|
|
9,000 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
1,571,000 |
|
|
|
(3,444,000 |
) |
|
|
612,000 |
|
Share-based compensation expense |
|
|
1,052,000 |
|
|
|
1,557,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
44,000 |
|
|
|
107,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Gain on redemption of short-term investment |
|
|
(211,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets |
|
|
45,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in current assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(1,127,000 |
) |
|
|
11,538,000 |
|
|
|
(359,000 |
) |
Inventory |
|
|
(1,103,000 |
) |
|
|
(936,000 |
) |
|
|
(9,215,000 |
) |
Income tax receivable |
|
|
1,675,000 |
|
|
|
(1,668,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Inventory unreturned |
|
|
(238,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,938,000 |
) |
|
|
(371,000 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
296,000 |
|
|
|
(949,000 |
) |
|
|
447,000 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
(301,000 |
) |
|
|
(97,000 |
) |
|
|
(332,000 |
) |
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
|
(10,839,000 |
) |
|
|
21,702,000 |
|
|
|
8,750,000 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
137,000 |
|
|
|
(738,000 |
) |
|
|
(16,000 |
) |
Deferred compensation |
|
|
(486,000 |
) |
|
|
364,000 |
|
|
|
121,000 |
|
Deferred income |
|
|
(133,000 |
) |
|
|
(133,000 |
) |
|
|
(133,000 |
) |
Credit due customer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,793,000 |
) |
|
|
(10,750,000 |
) |
Deferred core revenue |
|
|
1,352,000 |
|
|
|
1,575,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory |
|
|
(9,082,000 |
) |
|
|
(8,670,000 |
) |
|
|
(6,396,000 |
) |
Long-term core inventory deposits |
|
|
(860,000 |
) |
|
|
(20,791,000 |
) |
|
|
(759,000 |
) |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
273,000 |
|
|
|
(649,000 |
) |
|
|
1,704,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
|
(10,039,000 |
) |
|
|
(9,313,000 |
) |
|
|
(11,454,000 |
) |
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
(1,962,000 |
) |
|
|
(5,887,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,372,000 |
) |
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,110,000 |
|
Change in short term investments |
|
|
486,000 |
|
|
|
(117,000 |
) |
|
|
(157,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(1,476,000 |
) |
|
|
(6,004,000 |
) |
|
|
(419,000 |
) |
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under line of credit |
|
|
48,700,000 |
|
|
|
50,636,000 |
|
|
|
21,331,000 |
|
Repayments under line of credit |
|
|
(71,500,000 |
) |
|
|
(34,136,000 |
) |
|
|
(15,031,000 |
) |
Net payments on capital lease obligations |
|
|
(1,664,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,531,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,002,000 |
) |
Exercise of stock options |
|
|
262,000 |
|
|
|
294,000 |
|
|
|
286,000 |
|
Excess tax benefit from employee stock options exercised |
|
|
162,000 |
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
414,000 |
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants |
|
|
40,061,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock issuance costs |
|
|
(3,156,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
(44,000 |
) |
|
|
(107,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
12,821,000 |
|
|
|
15,328,000 |
|
|
|
5,998,000 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
280,000 |
|
|
|
(62,000 |
) |
|
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
1,586,000 |
|
|
|
(51,000 |
) |
|
|
(5,811,000 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents Beginning of period |
|
|
349,000 |
|
|
|
400,000 |
|
|
|
6,211,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents End of period |
|
$ |
1,935,000 |
|
|
$ |
349,000 |
|
|
$ |
400,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
5,421,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,807,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,885,000 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(1,344,000 |
) |
|
|
1,995,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property acquired under capital leases |
|
$ |
743,000 |
|
|
$ |
371,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,675,000 |
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-4
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
NOTE A Company Background
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company or MPA) remanufacture and
distribute alternators and starters for imported and domestic cars and light trucks. These
replacement parts are sold for use on vehicles after initial vehicle purchase. These automotive
parts are sold to automotive retail chain stores and warehouse distributors throughout the United
States and Canada and to a major automobile manufacturer.
The Company obtains used alternators and starters, commonly known as Used Cores, primarily from its
customers (retailers) as trade-ins. It also purchases Used Cores from vendors (core brokers). The
retailers grant credit to the consumer when the used part is returned to them, and the Company in
turn provides a credit to the retailer upon return to the Company. These Used Cores are an
essential material needed for the remanufacturing operations. The Company has remanufacturing,
warehousing and shipping/receiving operations for alternators and starters in Mexico, California,
Singapore and Malaysia. In addition, the Company has a warehouse distribution facility in
Nashville, Tennessee and utilizes third party warehouse distribution centers in Fairfield, New
Jersey and Springfield, Oregon.
The Companys warehouse distribution facility in Nashville, Tennessee was closed in the second
quarter of fiscal 2008. The Company sub-leased this facility for the remainder of its lease term.
In third quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded $109,000 of general and administrative
expenses related to the closure and sub-lease of this facility.
In September 2007, the Company exercised its right to cancel the lease of its Torrance, California
facility with respect to approximately 80,000 square feet currently utilized for core receipt,
storage and packing. This cancellation is effective May 31, 2008. The Company transitioned these
functions to its facilities in Mexico.
The Company operates in one business segment pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of Enterprise and Related Information.
NOTE B Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
1. |
|
Principles of Consolidation |
|
|
|
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorcar Parts of
America, Inc and its wholly owned subsidiaries, MVR Products Pte. Ltd., Unijoh Sdn. Bhd. and
Motorcar Parts de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions
have been eliminated. |
|
2. |
|
Cash |
|
|
|
The Company maintains cash balances in local currencies in Singapore and Malaysia and in local
and U.S. dollar currencies in Mexico for use by the facilities operating in those foreign
countries. The balances in these foreign accounts translated into U.S. dollars at March 31, 2008
and 2007 were $278,000 and $347,000, respectively. |
|
3. |
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
|
|
The allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based upon several factors including customer
credit quality, historical write-off experience and any known specific issues or disputes which
exist as of the balance sheet date. Accounts receivable are written off only when all collection
attempts have failed. The Company does not require collateral for accounts receivable. |
|
|
|
The Company has two separate agreements executed with two customers and their respective banks.
Under these agreements, the Company may sell those customers receivables to those banks at a
discount to be agreed upon at the time the receivables are factored. Once the customer chooses
which outstanding invoices are going to be |
F-5
|
|
made available for factoring, the Company can accept or decline the bundle of invoices provided.
The factoring agreements are non-recourse, and funds cannot be reclaimed by the customer or its
bank after the related invoices have been factored. |
4. |
|
Inventory |
|
|
|
Non-core Inventory |
|
|
|
Non-core inventory is comprised of non-core raw materials, the non-core value of work in process
and the non-core value of finished goods. Used Cores, the Used Core value of work in process and
the Remanufactured Core portion of finished goods are classified as long-term core inventory as
described below under the caption Long-term Core Inventory. |
|
|
|
Non-core inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of non-core inventory
approximates average historical purchase prices paid, and is based upon the direct costs of
material and an allocation of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs. The cost of non-core
inventory is evaluated at least quarterly during the fiscal year and adjusted as necessary to
reflect current lower of cost or market levels. These adjustments are determined for individual
items of inventory within each of the three classifications of non-core inventory as follows: |
Non-core raw materials are recorded at average cost, which is based on the actual purchase
price of raw materials on hand. The average cost is updated quarterly. This average cost is
used in the inventory costing process and is the basis for allocation of materials to
finished goods during the production process.
Non-core work in process is in various stages of production, is on average 50% complete and
is valued at 50% of the cost of a finished good. Non-core work in process inventory
historically comprises less than 3% of the total non-core inventory balance.
Finished goods cost includes the average cost of non-core raw materials and allocations of
labor and variable and fixed overhead. The allocations of labor and variable and fixed
overhead costs are determined based on the average actual use of the production facilities
over the prior twelve months which approximates normal capacity. This method prevents the
distortion in costs that would occur during short periods of abnormally low or high
production. In addition, the Company excludes certain unallocated overhead such as severance
costs, duplicative facility overhead costs, and spoilage from the calculation and expenses
them as period costs as required in Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement
No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS 151). For the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, costs of approximately
$1,599,000 and $216,000, respectively, were considered abnormal and thus excluded from the
cost calculation and charged directly to cost of sales.
|
|
The Company provides an allowance for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based upon
recent sales history, the quantity of inventory on-hand, and a forecast of potential use of the
inventory. The Company reviews inventory on a monthly basis to identify excess quantities and
part numbers that are experiencing a reduction in demand. In general, part numbers with
quantities representing a one to three-year supply are partially reserved for at rates based
upon managements judgment and consistent with historical rates. Any part numbers with
quantities representing more than a three-year supply are reserved for at a rate that considers
possible scrap and liquidation values and may be as high as 100% of cost if no liquidation
market exists for the part. |
|
|
|
The quantity thresholds and reserve rates are subjective and are based on managements judgment
and knowledge of current and projected industry demand. The reserve estimates may, therefore, be
revised if there are changes in the overall market for the Companys products or market changes
that, in managements judgment, impact the Companys ability to sell or liquidate potentially
excess or obsolete inventory. |
|
|
|
The Company applies the guidance provided by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No.
02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Cash Consideration Received from a
Vendor (EITF 02-16), by recording vendor discounts as a reduction of inventories that are
recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as the inventories are sold. |
F-6
|
|
Inventory Unreturned |
|
|
|
Inventory Unreturned represents the Companys estimate, based on historical data and prospective
information provided directly by the customer, of finished goods shipped to customers that the
Company expects to be returned after the balance sheet date. Because all cores are classified
separately as long term assets, the inventory unreturned balance includes only the added unit
value of finished goods. The return rate is calculated based on expected returns within the
normal operating cycle of one year. As such, the related amounts are classified in current
assets. |
|
|
|
Inventory unreturned is valued in the same manner as the Companys finished goods inventory. |
|
|
|
Long-term Core Inventory |
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory consists of: |
|
|
|
Used Cores purchased from core brokers and held in inventory at the Companys facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores returned by the Companys customers and held in inventory at the Companys
facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores returned by end-users to customers but not yet returned to the Company are
classified as Remanufactured Cores until they are physically received by the Company, |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held in finished goods inventory at the Companys facilities; and |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held at customer locations as a part of finished goods sold to the
customer. For these Remanufactured Cores, the Company expects the finished good containing
the Remanufactured Core to be returned under the Companys general right of return policy or
a similar Used Core to be returned to the Company by the customer, in each case, for credit. |
|
|
Long-term core inventory is recorded at average historical purchase prices determined based on
actual purchases of inventory on hand. The cost and market value of Used Cores for which
sufficient recent purchases have occurred are deemed the same as the purchase price for
purchases that are made in arms length transactions. |
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory recorded at average historical purchase prices is primarily made up of
Used Cores for newer products related to more recent automobile models or products for which
there is a there is a less liquid market. The Company must purchase these Used Cores from core
brokers because its customers do not have a sufficient supply of these newer Used Cores
available for the core exchange program. |
|
|
|
Approximately 15% to 20% of Used Cores are obtained in core broker transactions and are valued
based on average purchase price. The average purchase price of Used Cores for more recent
automobile models is retained as the cost for these Used Cores in subsequent periods even as the
source of these Used Cores shifts to the core exchange program. |
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or market value. In the absence of
sufficient recent purchases, the Company uses core broker price lists to assess whether Used
Core cost exceeds Used Core market value on an item by item basis. The primary reason for the
insufficient recent purchases is that the Company obtains most of its Used Core inventory from
the customer core exchange program. |
|
|
|
Commencing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company reclassified all of its core
inventories to a long-term asset account. The determination of the long-term classification was
based on its view that the value of the cores is not consumed or realized in cash during the
Companys normal operating cycle, which is one year for most of the cores recorded in inventory.
According to ARB No. 43, current assets are defined as assets or other resources commonly
identified as those which are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed
during the normal operating cycle of the business. The Company does not believe that core
inventories, which the Company classifies as long-term, are consumed because the credits issued
upon the return of Used Cores offset the amounts invoiced when the Remanufactured Cores included
in finished goods were |
F-7
|
|
sold. The Company does not expect the core inventories to be consumed, and thus the Company does
not expect to realize cash, until its relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that the
Company considers remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical
experience. |
|
|
However, historically for approximately 4.5% of finished goods sold, the Companys customer will
not send the Company a Used Core to obtain the credit the Company offers under its core exchange
program. Therefore, based on the Companys historical estimate, the Company derecognizes the
core value for these finished goods upon sale, as the Company believes they have been consumed
and the Company has realized cash. |
|
|
|
The Company realizes cash for only the core exchange program shortfall of approximately 4.5%.
This shortfall represents the historical difference between the number of finished goods shipped
to customers and the number of Used Cores returned to the Company by customers. The Company does
not realize cash for the remaining portion of the cores because the credits issued upon the
return of Used Cores offset the amounts invoiced when the Remanufactured Cores included in
finished goods were sold. The Company does not expect to realize cash for the remaining portion
of these Remanufactured Cores until its relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that
the Company considers remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical
experience. |
|
|
|
For these reasons, the Company concluded that it is more appropriate to classify core inventory
as a long-term asset. |
|
|
|
Long-term Core Inventory Deposit |
|
|
|
The long-term core inventory deposit account represents the value of Remanufactured Cores the
Company purchased from customers, which are held by the customers and remain on the customers
premises. The purchase is made through the issuance of credits against that customers
receivables either on a one-time basis or over an agreed-upon period. The credits against the
customers receivable are based upon the Remanufactured Core purchase price previously
established with the customer. At the same time, the Company records the long-term core
inventory deposit for the Remanufactured Cores purchased at its cost, determined as noted under
Long-term Core Inventory. The long-term core inventory deposit is stated at the lower of cost or
market. The cost is established at the time of the transaction based on the then current cost,
determined as noted under Long-term Core Inventory. The difference between the credit granted
and the cost of the long-term core inventory deposit is treated as a sales allowance reducing
revenue as required under EITF 01-9. When the purchases are made over an agreed-upon period, the
long-term core inventory deposit is recorded at the same time the credit is issued to the
customer for the purchase of the Remanufactured Cores. |
|
|
|
At least annually, and as often as quarterly, reconciliations and confirmations are performed to
determine that the number of Remanufactured Cores purchased, but retained at the customer
locations, remains sufficient to support the amounts recorded in the long-term core inventory
deposit account. At the same time, the mix of Remanufactured Cores is reviewed to determine that
the aggregate value of Remanufactured Cores in the account has not changed during the reporting
period. The Company evaluates the cost of cores supporting the aggregate long-term core
inventory deposit account each quarter. If the Company identifies any permanent reduction in
either the number or the aggregate value of the Remanufactured Core inventory mix held at the
customer location, the Company will record a reduction in the long-term core inventory deposit
account during that period. |
|
5. |
|
Income Taxes |
|
|
|
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with guidance issued by the Financial
Accounting Standard Board (FASB) in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
(SFAS), Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the use of the liability method of
accounting for income taxes. |
|
|
|
The liability method measures deferred income taxes by applying enacted statutory rates in
effect at the balance sheet date to the differences between the tax basis of assets and
liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. The resulting asset or
liability is adjusted to reflect changes in the tax laws as they occur. A valuation allowance is
provided to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of the
deferred tax asset will not be realized. |
F-8
|
|
As required, the liability method is also used in determining the impact of the adoption of FASB
SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123R) on the Companys deferred tax
assets and liabilities. |
|
|
|
The primary components of the Companys income tax provision (benefit) are (i) the current
liability or refund due for federal, state and foreign income taxes and (ii) the change in the
amount of the net deferred income tax asset, including the effect of any change in the valuation
allowance. |
|
|
|
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Companys ability to generate
sufficient future taxable income. In evaluating this ability, management considers the Companys
long-term agreements with each of its major customers which expire at various dates ranging from
August 2008 through December 2012 and the Companys Remanufactured Core purchase obligations
with certain customers that expire at various dates through March 2010. Based on managements
forecast of the Companys future operating results, management believes that it is more likely
than not that future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the recorded deferred tax
assets. Management periodically compares its forecasts to actual results, and there can be no
assurance that the forecasted results will be achieved. |
|
|
|
On April 1, 2007 the Company adopted the Provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). |
|
6. |
|
Plant and Equipment |
|
|
|
Plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The cost
of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense when incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis in
amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated
service lives. Machinery and equipments are amortized over a range from seven to ten years.
Office equipment and fixtures are amortized over a range from three to ten years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the
leasehold improvements, whichever is shorter. Amortization of assets recorded under capital
leases is included in depreciation expense. |
|
7. |
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
|
|
|
For financial reporting purposes, the functional currency of the foreign subsidiaries is the
local currency. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into the
reporting currency (U.S. dollar) at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while
revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year in accordance
with SFAS 52, Foreign Currency Translation. The accumulated foreign currency translation
adjustment is presented as a component of Other Comprehensive Income in the Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders Equity. |
|
8. |
|
Revenue Recognition |
|
|
|
The Company recognizes revenue when performance by the Company is complete and all of the
following criteria established by the Staff of the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104,
Revenue Recognition (SAB 104), have been met: |
|
|
|
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, |
|
|
|
|
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, |
|
|
|
|
The sellers price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and |
|
|
|
|
Collectibility is reasonably assured. |
|
|
For products shipped free-on-board (FOB) shipping point, revenue is recognized on the date of
shipment. For products shipped FOB destination, revenues are recognized two days after the date
of shipment based on the |
F-9
|
|
Companys experience regarding the length of transit duration. The Company includes shipping and
handling charges in its gross invoice price to customers and classifies the total amount as
revenue in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and
Costs (EITF 00-10). Shipping and handling costs are recorded as cost of sales. |
|
|
Unit value revenue is recorded based on the Companys price list, net of applicable discounts
and allowances. The Company allows customers to return slow moving and other inventory. The
Company provides for such returns of inventory in accordance with SFAS 48, Revenue Recognition
When Right of Return Exists (SFAS 48). The Company reduces revenue and cost of sales for the
unit value of goods sold that are expected to be returned based on a historical return analysis
and information obtained from customers about current stock levels. |
|
|
|
The Company accounts for revenues and cost of sales on a net-of-core-value basis. Management has
determined that the Companys business practices and contractual arrangements result in more
than 95% of the remanufactured alternators and starters sold being replaced by similar Used
Cores sent back for credit by customers under the Companys core exchange program. Accordingly,
the Company excludes the value of Remanufactured Cores from revenue by applying SFAS 48 by
analogy. |
|
|
|
When the Company ships a product, it recognizes an obligation to accept a similar Used Core sent
back under the core exchange program by recording a contra receivable account based upon the
Remanufactured Core price agreed upon by the Company and its customer. Upon receipt of a Used
Core, the Company grants the customer a credit based on the Remanufactured Core price billed and
restores the Used Core to on-hand inventory. |
|
|
|
When the Company ships a product, it invoices certain customers for the Remanufactured Core
portion of the product at full Remanufactured Core sales price. For these Remanufactured Cores,
the Company recognizes core revenue based upon an estimate of the rate at which the Companys
customers will pay cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for
credits under the Companys core exchange program. |
|
|
|
In addition, the Company recognizes revenue related to Remanufactured Cores originally sold at a
nominal price and not expected to be replaced by a similar Used Core under the core exchange
program. Unlike the full price Remanufactured Cores, the Company only recognizes revenue from
nominally priced Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by a similar Used Core sent
back under the core exchange program when the Company believes it has met all of the following
criteria: |
|
|
|
The Company has a signed agreement with the customer covering the nominally priced
Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by a similar Used Core sent back under the
core exchange program. This agreement must specify the number of Remanufactured Cores its
customer will pay cash for in lieu of sending back a similar Used Core and the basis on
which the nominally priced Remanufactured Cores are to be valued (normally the average
price per Remanufactured Core stipulated in the agreement). |
|
|
|
|
The contractual date for reconciling the Companys records and customers records of
the number of nominally priced Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by a
similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program must be in the current or a
prior period. |
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of the nominally priced Remanufactured Cores must be completed and
agreed to by the customer. |
|
|
|
|
The amount must be billed to the customer. |
|
|
The Company has agreed in the past and may in the future agree to buy back Remanufactured Cores.
The difference between the credit granted and the cost of the Remanufactured Cores bought back
is treated as a sales allowance reducing revenue as required under EITF 01-9. As a result of the
increasing level of Remanufactured Core buybacks, the Company now defers core revenue from these
customers until there is no expectation that the sales allowances associated with Remanufactured
Core buybacks from these customers will offset Remanufactured Core revenues that would otherwise
be recognized once the criteria noted above have been met. At March 31, 2008 and 2007
Remanufactured Core revenue of $2,927,000 and $1,575,000, respectively, was |
F-10
|
|
In May 2004, the Company began to offer products on pay-on-scan (POS) arrangement with its
largest customer. For POS inventory, revenue was recognized when the customer notified the
Company that it had sold a specifically identified product to an end user. POS inventory
represented inventory held on consignment at customer locations. This arrangement was
discontinued in August 2006. |
|
9. |
|
Marketing Allowances |
|
|
|
The Company records the cost of all marketing allowances provided to its customers in
accordance with EITF 01-09, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a
Customer. Such allowances include sales incentives and concessions. Voluntary marketing
allowances related to a single exchange of product are recorded as a reduction of revenues
at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are offered. Other
marketing allowances, which may only be applied against future purchases, are recorded as
a reduction to revenues in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract.
Sales incentive amounts are recorded based on the value of the incentive provided. See
Note L-Commitments and Contingencies for a more complete description of all marketing
allowances. |
|
10. |
|
Advertising Costs |
|
|
|
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the
fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $95,000, $201,000, and $320,000,
respectively. |
|
11. |
|
Net Income Per Share |
|
|
|
Basic income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number
of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share includes
the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as stock
options and warrants, which would result in the issuance of incremental shares of common
stock. |
|
|
|
The following represents a reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
4,607,000 |
|
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares |
|
|
11,522,326 |
|
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,251,319 |
|
Effect of dilutive options and warrants |
|
|
285,893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,004 |
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares |
|
|
11,808,219 |
|
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,483,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended March 31, 2008, the effect of dilutive options and warrants excludes
294,039 options and 546,283 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $11.50 to $19.13
per share. For the year ended March 31, 2007, the effect of dilutive options and warrants
excludes 1,270,649 options with exercise prices ranging from $1.10 to $19.13 per share.
For the year ended March 31, 2006, the effect of dilutive options excludes 24,875 options
with exercise prices ranging from $11.81 to $19.13 per share all of which were
anti-dilutive. |
|
12. |
|
Use of Estimates |
|
|
|
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an on-going basis, the
Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the carrying
|
F-11
|
|
amount of property,
plant and equipment; valuation and return allowances for receivables, inventories, and deferred
income taxes; accrued liabilities; and litigation and disputes. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the calculation of sales returns. These estimates are
based on the Companys historical return rates and an evaluation of estimated sales returns from
specific customers. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the calculation of the lower of cost or market value
of long term core inventory. |
|
|
|
The Companys calculation of inventory reserves involves significant estimates. The basis for
the inventory reserve is a comparison of inventory on hand to historical production usage or
sales volumes. |
|
|
|
The Company records its liability for self-insured workers compensation by including an
estimate of the liability associated with total claims incurred and reported as well as an
estimate of the liabilities associated with incurred, but not reported, claims determined by
applying the Companys historical claims development factor to its estimate of the liabilities
associated with incurred and reported claims. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the calculation of its income tax provision or benefit
by using forecasts to estimate whether it will have sufficient future taxable income to realize
its deferred tax assets. There can be no assurances that the Companys taxable income will be
sufficient to realize such deferred tax assets. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the ongoing calculation of potential liabilities from
uncertain tax positions that are more likely than not to occur. |
|
|
|
A change in the assumptions used in the estimates for sales returns, inventory reserves and
income taxes could result in a difference in the related amounts recorded in the Companys
consolidated financial statements. |
|
13. |
|
Financial Instruments |
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to
the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the line of credit and
other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value based on current rates for
instruments with similar characteristics. |
|
14. |
|
Stock Options and Share-Based Payments |
|
|
|
Effective April 1, 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment,
(SFAS 123R) using the modified prospective application method of transition for all its
stock-based compensation plans. Accordingly, while the reported results for the years
ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 reflect the adoption of SFAS 123R, prior year amounts have
not been restated. SFAS 123R requires the compensation cost associated with stock-based
compensation plans be recognized and reflected in a companys reported results. |
|
|
|
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company accounted for stock-based employee
compensation as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS
123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-an amendment of SFAS 123. |
|
|
|
Under the provisions of APB No. 25, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the
excess, if, any, of the market price of the Companys common stock at the date of the
grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. SFAS 123 requires pro
forma disclosures of net income and net income per share as if the fair value based method
accounting for stock-based awards had been applied. Under the fair value based method,
compensation cost is recorded based on the value of the award at the grant date and is
recognized over the service period. |
F-12
The following table presents pro forma net income for the year ended March 31, 2006 as if
compensation costs associated with the Companys option arrangements had been determined
in accordance with SFAS 123.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
Net income as reported |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included
in the reported net income, net of related tax effects |
|
|
|
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense
determined under fair value based method for all
awards,
net of related tax effects |
|
|
(277,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
1,808,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share as reported |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
Basic net income per share pro forma |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
Diluted net income per share as reported |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
Diluted net income per share pro forma |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) FAS 123 (R)-3, Transition
Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards (FSP
123 (R)-3). FSP 123 (R)-3 provides an elective alternative transition method for
calculating the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies
recognized subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123R. The Company had significant vested
options on their adoption date of SFAS 123R and therefore has elected to compute its APIC
pool as described in paragraph 81 of SFAS 123R. The excess tax benefits for the years
ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 of $44,000 and $107,000, respectively, (determined based on
the requirements of paragraph 81 of SFAS 123R) are presented as a cash outflow from
operations and a cash inflow from financing activities.
The fair value of stock options used to compute share-based compensation reflected in
reported results under FAS 123R and the pro forma net income and pro forma net income per
share disclosures under APB No. 25 is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that
have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. This model requires the input of
subjective assumptions including the expected volatility of the underlying stock and the
expected holding period of the option. These subjective assumptions are based on both
historical and other information. Changes in the values assumed and used in the model can
materially affect the estimate of fair value. Options to purchase 58,000 and 411,500
shares of common stock were granted during the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007.
The table below summarizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumptions used to
derive the weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the periods
noted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
Weighted average risk free interest rate |
|
|
4.08 |
% |
|
|
4.64 |
% |
|
|
4.12 |
% |
Weighted average expected holding period
(years) |
|
|
3.18 |
|
|
|
5.90 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
Weighted average expected volatility |
|
|
24.74 |
% |
|
|
40.54 |
% |
|
|
27.00 |
% |
Weighted average expected dividend yield |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
Weighted average fair value of options granted |
|
$ |
2.69 |
|
|
$ |
5.59 |
|
|
$ |
3.19 |
|
15. |
|
Credit Risk |
|
|
|
The majority of the Companys sales are to leading automotive after market parts
suppliers. Management believes the credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable
is limited due to the Companys credit evaluation process and the nature of its customers.
However, should the Companys customers experience significant cash flow problems, the
Companys financial position and results of operations could be materially |
F-13
|
|
and adversely
affected, and the maximum amount of loss that would be incurred would be the outstanding
receivable balance at March 31, 2008. |
16. |
|
Deferred Compensation Plan |
|
|
|
The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain members of management. The plan
allows participants to defer salary, bonuses and commission. The assets of the plan are
held in a trust and are subject to the claims of the Companys general creditors under
federal and state laws in the event of insolvency. Consequently, the trust qualifies as a
Rabbi trust for income tax purposes. The plans assets consist primarily of mutual funds
and are classified as available for sale. The investments are recorded at market value,
with any unrealized gain or loss recorded as other comprehensive income or loss in
shareholders equity. Adjustments to the deferred compensation obligation are recorded in
operating expenses. The Company redeemed $634,000 of short-term investments for the
payment of deferred compensation liabilities in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. The
carrying value of plan assets was $373,000 and $859,000, and deferred compensation
obligation was $373,000 and $859,000 at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The expense
recorded in the year 2008 and 2007 related to the deferred compensation plan was $40,000
and $120,000, respectively. |
|
17. |
|
Comprehensive Income or Loss |
|
|
|
SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, established standards for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income or loss and its components in a full set of general
purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income or loss is defined as the change in
equity during a period resulting from transactions and other events and circumstances from
non-owner sources. The Companys total comprehensive income or loss consists of net
unrealized income or loss from foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized
gains or losses on short-term investments. The Company has presented comprehensive income
or loss on the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders Equity. |
|
18. |
|
New Accounting Pronouncement |
|
|
|
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS No. 157). SFAS
No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement
date. It also established a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures
about fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that
require or permit fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 was effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. However, a FASB Staff Position issued in February 2008,
delayed the effectiveness of SFAS No. 157 for one year, but only as applied to nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities. The Company does not expect its adoption to have material
impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. |
|
|
|
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities (SFAS No.159). SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure at
fair value certain financial instruments and other items that are not currently required to be
measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. The Company expects to adopt SFAS No. 159 in the first quarter fiscal 2009. The Company
does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 159 to have a material impact on its financial
position, results of operations or cash flows. |
|
|
|
On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS No.
141(R)). SFAS No. 141(R) applies to any transaction or other event that meets the definition
of a business combination. Where applicable, SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and
requirements for how the acquirer recognizes and measures identifiable assets acquired,
liabilities assumed, non-controlling interest in the acquiree and
goodwill or gain from a bargain purchase. In addition, SFAS 141(R) determines what information
to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial
effects of the business combination. Also in December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160.
Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS No. 160.) This Statement
amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to establish
accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the
deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 are required to be adopted
simultaneously and are effective for the first annual reporting period
|
F-14
beginning on or after December 15, 2008 with earlier adoption being prohibited. The Company does not currently have
any non-controlling interests in its subsidiaries, and accordingly the adoption of SFAS No. 160
is not expected to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or
cash flows. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) on its
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 161.) SFAS No. 161
changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities
are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under
Statement No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and
related hedged items affect an entitys financial position, financial performance, and cash
flows. The guidance in SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal
years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.
SFAS No. 161 encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at
initial adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 161.
NOTE C Short-Term Investments
The short-term investments account contains the assets of the Companys deferred compensation plan.
The plans assets consist primarily of mutual funds and are classified as available for sale. The
Company redeemed $634,000 of short-term investments for the payment of deferred compensation
liabilities in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. As a result, the Company recorded a net realized
gain of $211,000 on redemption of short-term investments for the payment of deferred compensation
liabilities under its general and administrative expense line in the statement of operations for
the year ended March 31, 2008. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair market value of the
short-term investments was $373,000 and $859,000, and the liability to plan participants was
$373,000 and $859,000, respectively.
NOTE D Accounts Receivable
Included in Accounts receivable net are significant offset accounts related to customer
allowances earned, customer payment discrepancies, in-transit and estimated future unit returns,
estimated future credits to be provided for Used Cores returned by the customers and potential bad
debts. Due to the forward looking nature and the different aging periods of certain estimated
offset accounts, they may not, at any point in time, directly relate to the balances in the open
trade accounts receivable.
Accounts receivable net is comprised of the following at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Accounts receivable trade |
|
$ |
26,507,000 |
|
|
$ |
27,299,000 |
|
Allowance for bad debts |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
Customer allowances earned |
|
|
(2,178,000 |
) |
|
|
(5,003,000 |
) |
Allowance for customer-payment
discrepancies |
|
|
(492,000 |
) |
|
|
(823,000 |
) |
Customer finished goods returns accruals |
|
|
(7,977,000 |
) |
|
|
(9,776,000 |
) |
Customer core returns accruals |
|
|
(12,286,000 |
) |
|
|
(9,420,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: total accounts receivable offset accounts |
|
|
(22,951,000 |
) |
|
|
(25,040,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts receivable net |
|
$ |
3,556,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,259,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warranty Returns
The Company allows its customers to return goods to the Company that their end-user customers have
returned to them, whether the returned item is or is not defective (warranty returns). The Company
accrues an estimate of its exposure to warranty returns based on a historical analysis of the level
of this type of return as a percentage of total
F-15
units sales. The warranty return accrual is
included under the customer finished goods returns accruals in the above table.
Change in the Companys warranty return accrual is as follows at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Beginning Balance |
|
$ |
(3,455,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,755,000 |
) |
Charged to expenses |
|
|
29,373,000 |
|
|
|
30,159,000 |
|
Amounts processed |
|
|
(30,004,000 |
) |
|
|
(28,459,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
(2,824,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,455,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note E Inventory
Non-core inventory, Inventory unreturned, Long-term core inventory, Long-term core inventory
deposit is comprised of the following at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Non-core inventory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials |
|
$ |
11,406,000 |
|
|
$ |
14,990,000 |
|
Work-in-process |
|
|
155,000 |
|
|
|
185,000 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
23,206,000 |
|
|
|
18,762,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,767,000 |
|
|
|
33,937,000 |
|
Less allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
|
(2,060,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,677,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
32,707,000 |
|
|
$ |
32,260,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory unreturned |
|
$ |
4,124,000 |
|
|
$ |
3,886,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Used cores held at companys facilities |
|
$ |
12,630,000 |
|
|
$ |
13,797,000 |
|
Used cores expected to be returned by customers |
|
|
2,255,000 |
|
|
|
2,482,000 |
|
Remanufactured goods held in finished goods |
|
|
15,407,000 |
|
|
|
11,921,000 |
|
Remanufactured cores held at customers locations |
|
|
21,218,000 |
|
|
|
14,292,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,510,000 |
|
|
|
42,492,000 |
|
Less allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
|
(702,000 |
) |
|
|
(416,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
50,808,000 |
|
|
$ |
42,076,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory deposit |
|
$ |
22,477,000 |
|
|
$ |
21,617,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
Note F Plant and Equipment
Plant and equipment, at cost, are as follows at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
$ |
25,360,000 |
|
|
$ |
23,871,000 |
|
Office equipment and fixtures |
|
|
5,763,000 |
|
|
|
5,491,000 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
6,582,000 |
|
|
|
5,574,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,705,000 |
|
|
|
34,936,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and
amortization |
|
|
(21,709,000 |
) |
|
|
(18,885,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
15,996,000 |
|
|
$ |
16,051,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment located in the foreign countries where the Company has production facilities,
net of accumulated depreciation, totaled $6,295,000 and $5,201,000 at March 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. These assets constitute substantially all the long-lived assets of the Company
located outside of the United States.
Note G Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; Termination of Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; and Inventory
Transaction with Largest Customer
In May 2004, the Company and its largest customer entered into a four-year agreement. Under the
significant terms of this agreement, the Company became the primary supplier of imported
alternators and starters for eight of this customers distribution centers and agreed to sell this
customer certain products on a pay-on-scan (POS) basis. Under the significant terms of the POS
arrangement, the Company was entitled to receive payment upon the sale of products to end users by
the customer. As part of the 2004 agreement, the parties agreed to use reasonable
commercial efforts to convert the overall purchasing relationship to a POS arrangement by April
2006, and, if the POS conversion was not fully accomplished by that time, the Company agreed to
convert $24,000,000 of this customers inventory to a POS arrangement by purchasing this inventory
through the issuance of credits of $1,000,000 per month over a 24-month period ending April 2008.
The POS conversion was not completed by April 2006, and the parties agreed to terminate the POS
arrangement as of August 24, 2006. As part of the August 2006 agreement, the customer purchased
those products previously shipped on a POS basis. This transaction, after the application of the
Companys revenue recognition policies, increased sales by $19,795,000 for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2007. The August 2006 agreement also extended the term of the Companys primary supplier
rights from May 2008 to August 2008.
Also under the significant terms of this agreement, the Company purchased approximately $19,980,000
of the customers Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing credits to the customer in that amount
in August 2006. In establishing the related long-term core inventory deposit account, the Company
valued these Remanufactured Cores at $11,918,000 based on the then current cost of long-term core
inventory. The difference of $8,062,000 was recorded as a sales incentive and accordingly reflected
as a reduction of sales for the year ended March 31, 2007. When the relationship between the
Company and the customer ends, this agreement calls for the customer to pay the Company for
unreturned Remanufactured Cores in cash. This cash payment is based on the contractual value for
each unreturned Remanufactured Core. As of March 31, 2007, the long-term core inventory deposit
balance related to this agreement was approximately $19,629,000. Long-term core inventory deposit
related to this August 31, 2006, transaction has not changed, but the total balance in the account
has increased due to an additional subsequent Remanufactured Core purchases.
The net effect of the termination of the POS arrangement, after application of the Companys
revenue recognition policies was an increase in net sales of $11,733,000 for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2007.
F-17
Note H Capital Lease Obligations
The Company leases various types of machinery and computer equipment under agreements accounted for
as capital leases and included in plant and equipment as follows at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Cost |
|
$ |
8,289,000 |
|
|
$ |
8,241,000 |
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
|
(3,909,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,973,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
4,380,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,268,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future minimum lease payments at March 31, 2008 for the capital leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
1,951,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,683,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
893,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
135,000 |
|
2013 |
|
|
26,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
|
4,688,000 |
|
Less amount representing interest |
|
|
(412,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Present value of future minimum lease payment |
|
|
4,276,000 |
|
Less current portion |
|
|
(1,711,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,565,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
On October 26, 2005, the Company entered into a capital sale-leaseback agreement with a bank. The
agreement provided the Company with $4,110,000 in equipment financing repayable in monthly
installments of $81,000 over the 60 month term of the lease agreement, with a one dollar purchase
option at the end of the lease term. The financing arrangement has an effective interest rate of
6.75%. The proceeds from the agreement were used to reduce the outstanding balance in the Companys
line of credit with the bank, which had been used in fiscal 2006 to fund the purchase of fixed
assets.
Assets financed under the agreement had a net book value of $1,517,000. The difference between the
financing provided, which was based on the fair market value of the equipment, and the net book
value of the equipment financed was accounted for as a deferred gain on the sale-leaseback
agreement. The deferred gain is being amortized at a monthly rate of $43,000 over the estimated
five year life of the capital lease asset and is accounted for as an offset to general and
administrative expenses. At March 31, 2008 and 2007, the deferred gain remaining to be amortized
was $1,340,000 and $1,859,000, respectively.
Note I Line of Credit and Factoring Agreements
In April 2006, the Company entered into an amended credit agreement (the Old Credit Agreement)
with its bank that increased the Companys credit availability from $15,000,000 to $25,000,000,
extended the expiration date of the credit facility from October 2, 2006 to October 1, 2008 and
changed the manner in which the margin over the benchmark interest rate was calculated. Starting
June 30, 2006, the line of credit bears interest at a base rate per annum plus an applicable margin
based on the Companys leverage ratio.
In connection with the April 2006 amendment to the Old Credit Agreement, the Company agreed to pay
a quarterly fee of 0.375% per year if the leverage ratio as of the last day of the previous fiscal
quarter was greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 or 0.25% per year if the leverage ratio was less
than 1.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of the previous fiscal quarter. A fee of $125,000 was charged
by the bank in order to complete the amendment. The amendment completion fee was payable in three
installments of $41,666. The first payment was made on the date of the amendment to the Old Credit
Agreement, the second was made in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and the third was
F-18
paid in
February 2008. The fee is being amortized on a straight-line basis through October 1, 2008, the
remaining term of the credit facility prior to the most recent amendment to the Old Credit
Agreement.
In August 2006, the Old Credit Agreement was amended to increase the credit availability from
$25,000,000 to $35,000,000. On March 23, 2007, the Old Credit Agreement with its bank was further
amended to provide the Company with a non-revolving loan of up to $5,000,000. This non-revolving
loan bore interest at the banks prime rate and was due on June 15, 2007. On May 24, 2007, the
Company repaid the $5,000,000 loan from the proceeds of its private placement of common stock and
warrants.
As a result of the August 2006 amendment, the bank increased the minimum fixed charge coverage
ratio and the maximum leverage ratio and increased the amount of allowable capital expenditures. In
addition, the unused facility fee is now applied against any difference between the $35,000,000
commitment and the average daily outstanding amount of credit the Company actually uses during each
quarter. The bank charged an amendment fee of $30,000 which was paid and expensed on the effective
date of the amendment to the Old Credit Agreement.
In November 2006, the Old Credit Agreement was further amended to eliminate the impact of a
$8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of the long-term core deposit account that was made in
connection with the termination of the Companys POS arrangement with its largest customer for
purposes of determining the Companys compliance with the minimum cash flow covenant, and to
decrease the minimum required current ratio. This amendment was effective as of September 30, 2006.
In addition, in conjunction with a March 2007 amendment to the Old Credit Agreement, the Company
agreed to provide its bank with monthly financial statements, monthly aged reports of accounts
receivable and accounts payable and monthly inventory reports. The Company also agreed to allow the
bank, at its request, to inspect the Companys assets, properties and records and conduct on-site
appraisals of the Companys inventory.
In conjunction with a waiver granted to the Company by its bank in June 2007, the Old Credit
Agreement was amended to eliminate the impact of the $8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of
the long-term core deposit account for purposes of determining the Companys compliance with the
fixed charge coverage ratio and the leverage ratio. The effective date of the amendment for the
fixed charge coverage ratio and the leverage ratio was March 31, 2007.
In August 2007, the Old Credit Agreement was further amended to reduce the minimum level of cash
flow for each trailing twelve months during the term of the agreement and to reduce the fixed
charge coverage ratio. These changes were effective June 30, 2007.
On October 24, 2007, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (the New
Credit Agreement) with its bank. While many provisions of the Old Credit Agreement were retained
in the New Credit Agreement, the New Credit Agreement eliminated two financial covenants and
modified other covenants. Under the New Credit Agreement, the bank will continue to provide the
Company with a revolving loan (the Revolving Loan) of up to $35,000,000, including obligations
under outstanding letters of credit, which may not exceed $7,000,000. The New Credit Agreement will
expire on October 1, 2008. The New Credit Agreement was effective as of the last day of the fiscal
quarter ended September 30, 2007.
In January 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to the New Credit Agreement with its bank.
This amendment extended the expiration date of the credit facility from October 1, 2008 to October
1, 2009.
In May 2008, the Companys New Credit Agreement was further amended to allow the Company, among
other things, to borrow up to $15,000,000 under the Revolving Loan for the purpose of consummating
certain permitted acquisitions. The aggregate consideration paid for any single permitted
acquisition may not exceed $7,500,000, and the aggregate consideration paid for all permitted
acquisitions made during the term of the New Credit Agreement
may not exceed $20,000,000. Pursuant to the terms of this amendment, the Company may continue to
use the entire available amount under the Revolving Loan for working capital and general corporate
purposes.
The bank holds a security interest in substantially all of the Companys assets. At March 31, 2008,
the Company had reserved $3,126,000 of the Revolving Loan primarily for standby letters of credit
for workers compensation insurance.
F-19
The New Credit Agreement, among other things, continues to require the Company to maintain certain
financial covenants, including cash flow, fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio and a
number of restrictive covenants, including limits on capital expenditures and operating leases,
prohibitions against additional indebtedness, payment of dividends, pledge of assets and loans to
officers and/or affiliates. In addition, it is an event of default under the loan agreement if
Selwyn Joffe is no longer the Companys CEO.
The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the New Credit Agreement as of
March 31, 2008.
Borrowings under the Revolving Loan bear interest at a base rate per annum plus an applicable
margin which fluctuates as noted below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratio as of the end of the fiscal quarter |
|
|
Greater than or |
|
|
Base Interest Rate Selected by the Company |
|
equal to 1.50 to 1.00 |
|
Less than 1.50 to 1.00 |
Banks Reference Rate, plus |
|
0.0% per year |
|
-0.25% per year |
Banks LIBOR Rate, plus |
|
2.0% per year |
|
1.75% per year |
Under two separate agreements executed on July 30, 2004 and August 21, 2003 with two customers and
their respective banks, the Company may sell those customers receivables to those banks at a
discount to be agreed upon at the time the receivables are sold. These discount arrangements have
allowed the Company to accelerate collection of customer receivables aggregating $90,408,000 and
$87,713,000 for the year ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, by an average of 286 days and
283 days, respectively. On an annualized basis, the weighted average discount rate on the
receivables sold to the banks during the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 was 6.6% and 6.9%,
respectively. The amount of the discount on these receivables, $4,387,000 and $3,785,000 for the
years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, was recorded as interest expense.
NOTE J Preferred Stock
On February 24, 1998, the Company entered into a Rights Agreement with Continental Stock Transfer &
Trust Company. As part of this agreement, the Company established 20,000 shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share. The Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock has preferential voting, dividend and liquidation rights over the common stock.
On February 24, 1998, the Company also declared a dividend distribution to the March 12, 1998
holders of record of one Right for each share of common stock held. Each Right, when exercisable,
entitles its holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of the Companys Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $65 per one one-thousandth of a share (subject to
adjustment).
The Rights are not exercisable or transferable apart from the common stock until an Acquiring
Person, as defined in the Rights Agreement, without the prior consent of the Companys Board of
Directors, acquires 20% or more of the outstanding shares of the common stock or announces a tender
offer that would result in 20% ownership. The Company is entitled to redeem the Rights, at $0.001
per Right, any time until ten days after a 20% position has been acquired. Under certain
circumstances, including the acquisition of 20% of the Companys common stock without the prior
consent of the Board of Directors, each Right not owned by a potential Acquiring Person will
entitle its holder to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock having a value equal to twice
the exercise price of the Right.
Holders of a Right will be entitled to buy stock of an Acquiring Person at a similar discount if,
after the acquisition of 20% or more of the Companys outstanding common stock, the Company is
involved in a merger or other
business combination transaction with another person in which it is not the surviving company, the
Companys common stock is changed or converted, or the Company sells 50% or more of its assets or
earning power to another person.
The Rights expired on March 12, 2008 and have not been updated.
F-20
NOTE K Financial Risk Management and Derivatives
Purchases and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which are primarily
related to the Companys production facilities overseas, expose the Company to market risk from
material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency. The
Companys primary risk exposure is from changes in the rate between the U.S. dollar and the Mexican
peso related to the operation of the Companys facility in Mexico. In August 2005, the Company
began to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos.
The extent to which forward foreign exchange contracts are used is modified periodically in
response to managements estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of specific
purchase requirements to fund those overseas facilities.
The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts in order to reduce the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations and not to engage in currency speculation. The use of derivative financial
instruments allows the Company to reduce its exposure to the risk that the eventual cash outflow
resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by
changes in exchange rates. The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading
purposes. The forward foreign exchange contracts are designated for forecasted expenditure
requirements to fund the overseas operations. These contracts expire in a year or less.
The Company had forward foreign exchange contracts with a U.S. dollar equivalent notional value of
$7,303,000 and $5,463,000 and a nominal fair value at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The
forward foreign exchange contracts entered into require the Company to exchange Mexican pesos for
U.S. dollars. These contracts generally expire in a year or less, at rates agreed at the inception
of the contracts. The counterparty to this derivative transaction is a major financial institution
with investment grade or better credit rating; however, the Company is exposed to credit risk with
this institution. The credit risk is limited to the potential unrealized gains (which offset
currency fluctuations adverse to the Company) in any such contract should this counterparty fail to
perform as contracted. Any changes in the fair values of foreign exchange contracts are reflected
in current period earnings and accounted for as an increase or offset to general and administrative
expenses. For the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded a decrease in general
and administrative expenses of $152,000 and an increase in general and administrative expenses of
$11,000, respectively, associated with these foreign exchange contracts.
NOTE L Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Lease Commitments
The Company leases office and warehouse facilities in California, Tennessee, Malaysia, Singapore
and Mexico under operating leases expiring through 2017. The Company also has short term contracts
of one year or less covering its third party warehouses that provide for contingent payments based
on the level of sales that are processed through the third party warehouse.
The Companys warehouse distribution facility in Nashville, Tennessee was closed in the second
quarter of fiscal 2008. The Company sub-leased this facility for the remainder of its lease term
and accordingly, the future minimum rental payments were reduced by $626,000 for the sub-leased
period.
At March 31, 2008, the remaining future minimum rental payments under the above operating leases
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
2,724,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
2,567,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
2,497,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
2,484,000 |
|
2013 |
|
|
1,581,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
4,745,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
16,598,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
During fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company incurred total operating lease expenses of
$3,309,000, $3,215,000 and $2,428,000, respectively.
Commitments to Provide Marketing Allowances under Long-Term Customer Contracts
The Company has long-term agreements with substantially all of its major customers. Under these
agreements, which typically have initial terms of at least four years, the Company is designated as
the exclusive or primary supplier for specified categories of remanufactured alternators and
starters. In consideration for its designation as a customers exclusive or primary supplier, the
Company typically provides the customer with a package of marketing incentives. These incentives
differ from contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount of credits
against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (ii) support
for a particular customers research or marketing efforts on a scheduled basis, (iii) discounts
granted in connection with each individual shipment of product and (iv) other marketing, research,
store expansion or product development support. These contracts typically require that the Company
meet ongoing performance, quality and fulfillment requirements, and one contract grants the
customer the right to terminate the agreement at any time for any reason. The Companys contracts
with major customers expire at various dates ranging from August 2008 through December 2012.
The Company typically grants its customers marketing allowances in connection with these customers
purchase of goods. The Company records the cost of all marketing allowances provided to its
customers in accordance with EITF 01-9. Such allowances include sales incentives and concessions
and typically consist of: (i) allowances which may only be applied against future purchases and are
recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a schedule set forth in the long-term
contract, (ii) allowances related to a single exchange of product that are recorded as a reduction
of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are offered and
(iii) allowances that are made in connection with the purchase of inventory from a customer.
The following table presents the breakout of allowances, other than those reflected in Note
G-Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; Termination of Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; and Inventory Transaction with
Largest Customer discussed above, recorded as a reduction to revenues in the years ended March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Allowances incurred under long-term
customer contracts |
|
$ |
11,780,000 |
|
|
$ |
11,863,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,825,000 |
|
Allowances related to a single exchange
of product |
|
|
10,427,000 |
|
|
|
14,100,000 |
|
|
|
11,533,000 |
|
Allowances related to core inventory
purchase obligations |
|
|
2,532,000 |
|
|
|
1,506,000 |
|
|
|
1,262,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customer allowances recorded as a
reduction of revenues |
|
$ |
24,739,000 |
|
|
$ |
27,469,000 |
|
|
$ |
18,620,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents the commitments to incur allowances which will be recognized as a
charge against revenue in accordance with the terms of the relevant long-term customer contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
7,447,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
7,409,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
5,856,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
1,395,000 |
|
2013 |
|
|
752,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
925,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketing allowances |
|
$ |
23,784,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
The Company has also entered into agreements to purchase certain customers Remanufactured Core
inventory and to issue credits to pay for that inventory according to an agreed upon schedule set
forth in the agreements. Under the significant terms of the largest of these agreements, the
Company agreed to acquire Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing $10,300,000 of credits over a
five-year period that began in March 2005 (subject to adjustment if customer sales decrease in any
quarter by more than an agreed upon percentage) on a straight-line basis. In the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2008, the total credits to be issued was reduced to $9,940,000, resulting from the
reconciliation of the number of Remanufactured Core inventory available at customer locations. As
the Company issues these credits, it establishes a long-term asset account for the value of the
Remanufactured Core inventory in customer hands and subject to customer purchase upon agreement
termination, and reduces revenue by recognizing the amount by which the credit exceeds the
estimated long-term core inventory value as a marketing allowance. The amounts charged against
revenues under this arrangement in the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1,120,000,
$967,000 and $1,166,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, the long-term core inventory
deposit related to this agreement was approximately $2,848,000 and $1,938,000, respectively. As of
March 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately $3,623,000 and $5,613,000, respectively, of credits remains
to be issued under this arrangement.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company entered into a five-year agreement with one of
the worlds largest automobile manufacturer to supply this manufacturer with a new line of
remanufactured alternators and starters for the United States and Canadian markets. The Company
expanded its operations and built-up its inventory to meet the requirements of this contract and
incurred certain transition costs associated with this build-up. As part of the agreement, the
Company also agreed to grant this customer $6,000,000 of credits that are issued as sales to this
customer are made. Of the total credits, $3,600,000 was issued during fiscal 2006 and $600,000 was
issued in each of the second quarter of fiscal 2007 and 2008. The remaining $1,200,000 is scheduled
to be issued in two annual payments of $600,000 in the second fiscal quarter of each of fiscal year
2009 and 2010. The agreement also contains other typical provisions, such as performance, quality
and fulfillment requirements that the Company must meet, a requirement that the Company provide
marketing support to this customer and a provision (standard in this manufacturers vendor
agreements) granting the customer the right to terminate the agreement at any time for any reason
In July 2006, the Company entered into an agreement with a new customer to become their primary
supplier of alternators and starters. As part of the significant terms of this agreement, the
Company agreed to acquire a portion of the customers imported alternator and starter
Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing approximately $950,000 of credits over twenty quarters. On
May 22, 2007, this agreement was amended to eliminate the Companys obligation to acquire this
Remanufactured Core inventory, and the customer refunded approximately $142,000 in accounts
receivable credits previously issued. Under an amendment effective January 25, 2008, the Company
agreed to accelerate $2,300,000 of promotional allowances provided under this agreement. These
promotional allowances otherwise would have been earned by the customer during a later part of the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the first quarter of fiscal 2009. At the same time, the Companys
contract with this customer was extended through January 31, 2011.
In addition, during the year ended March 31, 2008, the Company charged approximately $729,000
against revenues under the significant terms of the agreements with certain traditional customers.
As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately $959,000 and $1,594,000, respectively, of credits
remains to be issued under these agreements.
The following table presents the customer Remanufactured Core purchase obligations which will be
recognized in accordance with the terms of the relevant long-term contracts:
F-23
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
2,456,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,826,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
19,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
15,000 |
|
2013 |
|
|
7,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Remanufactured Core purchase obligations |
|
$ |
4,328,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Workers Compensation Self Insurance
Prior to January 1, 2007, the Company was partially self-insured for workers compensation insurance
and was liable for the first $250,000 of each claim, with an aggregate amount of $2,500,000 per
year. Above these limits, the Company had purchased insurance coverage which management considers
adequate. The Company records an estimate of its liability for self-insured workers compensation
by including an estimate of the total claims incurred and reported as well as an estimate of
incurred, but not reported, claims by applying the Companys historical claims development factor
to its estimate of incurred and reported claims. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company is insured
under the workers compensation insurance policy with no deductibles and no aggregate per year
limit.
NOTE M Major Customers and Suppliers
The Companys five largest customers accounted for the following total percentage of net sales and
accounts receivable for the fiscal years ended March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
Sales |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
Customer A |
|
|
53 |
% |
|
|
64 |
% |
|
|
70 |
% |
Customer B |
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
Customer C |
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
9 |
% |
|
|
11 |
% |
Customer D |
|
|
9 |
% |
|
|
8 |
% |
|
|
|
% |
Customer E |
|
|
8 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Customer A |
|
|
19 |
% |
|
|
31 |
% |
Customer B |
|
|
11 |
% |
|
|
9 |
|
Customer C |
|
|
5 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
Customer D |
|
|
31 |
% |
|
|
28 |
% |
Customer E |
|
|
24 |
% |
|
|
17 |
% |
For the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, one supplier provided approximately 20%, 22% and
21% of the raw materials purchased, respectively. No other supplier accounted for more than 10% of
the Companys purchases.
NOTE N Income Taxes
The income tax expense for the years ended March 31 is as follows:
F-24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Current tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
2,574,000 |
|
|
$ |
(347,000 |
) |
|
$ |
424,000 |
|
State |
|
|
(32,000 |
) |
|
|
(208,000 |
) |
|
|
100,000 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
356,000 |
|
|
|
461,000 |
|
|
|
123,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
2,898,000 |
|
|
|
(94,000 |
) |
|
|
647,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(708,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,662,000 |
) |
|
|
668,000 |
|
State |
|
|
506,000 |
|
|
|
(676,000 |
) |
|
|
(68,000 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(202,000 |
) |
|
|
(3,338,000 |
) |
|
|
612,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
2,696,000 |
|
|
$ |
(3,432,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,259,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes consist of the following at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carry-forwards |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,921,000 |
|
Accounts receivable valuation |
|
|
1,086,000 |
|
|
|
2,334,000 |
|
Right of return reserve |
|
|
974,000 |
|
|
|
1,125,000 |
|
Estimate for returns |
|
|
410,000 |
|
|
|
970,000 |
|
Allowance for customer incentives |
|
|
318,000 |
|
|
|
410,000 |
|
Core reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory obsolescence reserve |
|
|
1,100,000 |
|
|
|
834,000 |
|
Inventory capitalization |
|
|
312,000 |
|
|
|
254,000 |
|
Vacation pay |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
215,000 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
183,000 |
|
|
|
342,000 |
|
Accrued bonus |
|
|
598,000 |
|
|
|
598,000 |
|
Tax credit |
|
|
536,000 |
|
|
|
336,000 |
|
Deferred tax on unrealized loss |
|
|
28,000 |
|
|
|
37,000 |
|
Stock options |
|
|
1,025,000 |
|
|
|
606,000 |
|
Deferred state tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,000 |
|
Deferred core revenue |
|
|
1,166,000 |
|
|
|
311,000 |
|
Claims payable |
|
|
813,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
18,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
8,764,000 |
|
|
|
10,391,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred state tax |
|
|
(13,000 |
) |
|
|
(8,000 |
) |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(155,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation |
|
|
(1,579,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,491,000 |
) |
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(304,000 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(3,000 |
) |
|
|
(3,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(1,750,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,806,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
7,014,000 |
|
|
$ |
8,585,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred income tax asset |
|
$ |
5,657,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,768,000 |
|
Net long-term deferred income tax assets |
|
|
1,357,000 |
|
|
|
1,817,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
7,014,000 |
|
|
$ |
8,585,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Companys ability to generate
sufficient taxable income. Management believes that it is more likely than not that future taxable
income will be sufficient to realize the recorded deferred tax assets.
For the year ended March 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the primary components of the Companys income
tax provision or benefit rates were (i) the current liability due to or current receivables due
from federal, state and foreign income taxes and (ii) the change in the amount of the net deferred
income tax asset.
The difference between the income tax expense at the federal statutory rate and the Companys
effective tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
State income tax rate, net of federal benefit |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
Foreign income taxed at different rates |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Other income tax |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
(1 |
)% |
|
|
(2 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
% |
|
|
41 |
% |
|
|
37 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the
current fiscal year, the Company recognized an increase of $663,000 in
the FIN 48 liability for unrecognized tax benefits.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:.
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 1, 2007 |
|
$ |
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year |
|
|
431,000 |
|
Additions for tax positions of prior year |
|
|
232,000 |
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior year |
|
|
|
|
Settlements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2008 |
|
|
663,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
The total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Companys effective tax
rate were $340,000 as of March 31, 2008.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as part
of federal tax expense. During the year ended March 31, 2008 the Company recognized approximately
$55,000 in interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company had
approximately $55,000 accrued at March 31, 2008 for the payment of interest and penalties related
to unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and
various state and foreign jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2004 through
2007 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities.
There are currently no Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examinations taking place or scheduled. The
specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of
March 31, 2008, the Company does not believe that there are any positions for which it is
reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase
or decrease within the next 12 months.
NOTE O Defined Contribution Plan
The Company has a 401(k) plan covering all employees who are 21 years of age with at least six
months of service. The plan permits eligible employees to make contributions up to certain
limitations, with the Company matching 25% of each participating employees contribution up to the
first 6% of employee compensation. Employees are
F-26
immediately vested in their voluntary employee contributions and vest in the Companys matching contributions ratably over five years. The
Companys matching contribution to the 401(k) plan was $77,000, $69,000 and $71,000 for the fiscal
years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
NOTE P Stock Options
In January 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the 1994 Plan), under which it
was authorized to issue non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to key employees,
directors and consultants. After a number of shareholder-approved increases to this plan, at March
31, 2002 the aggregate number of stock options approved was 960,000 shares of the Companys common
stock. The term and vesting period of options granted is determined by a committee of the Board of
Directors with a term not to exceed ten years. At the Companys Annual Meeting of Shareholders held
on November 8, 2002, the 1994 Plan was amended to increase the authorized number of shares issued
to 1,155,000. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007, options to purchase 479,225 and 526,500 shares of
common stock, respectively, were outstanding under the 1994 Plan and no options were available for
grant.
At the Companys Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on December 17, 2003, the shareholders
approved the Companys 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan) which had been adopted by
the Companys Board of Directors on October 31, 2003. Under the Incentive Plan, a total of
1,200,000 shares of the Companys common stock were reserved for grants of Incentive Awards and all
of the Companys employees are eligible to participate. The 2003 Incentive Plan will terminate on
October 31, 2013, unless terminated earlier by the Companys Board of Directors. As of March 31,
2008 and 2007, options to purchase 1,105,234 and 1,093,567 shares of common stock, respectively,
were outstanding under the Incentive Plan and options to purchase 56,350 and 80,766 shares of
common stock, respectively, were available for grant.
In November 2004, the Companys shareholders approved the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option
Plan (the 2004 Plan) which provides for the granting of options to non-employee directors to
purchase a total of 175,000 shares of the Companys common stock. As of March 31, 2008 and 2007,
options to purchase 77,000 and 68,000 shares of common stock, respectively, were issued, of which
options to purchase 9,000 shares of common stock, respectively, were not immediately exercisable
under the 2004 Plan and 98,000 and 107,000 shares of common stock were available for grant.
The shares of common stock issued upon exercise of a previously granted stock option are considered
new issuances from shares reserved for issuance upon adoption of the various plans. The Company
requires that the option holders provide a written notice of exercise to the stock plan
administrator and payment for the shares prior to issuance of the shares.
A summary of stock option transactions follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Shares |
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2005 |
|
|
1,093,650 |
|
|
$ |
5.29 |
|
Granted |
|
|
405,800 |
|
|
$ |
10.08 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(132,150 |
) |
|
$ |
2.16 |
|
Cancelled |
|
|
(16,500 |
) |
|
$ |
8.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2006 |
|
|
1,350,800 |
|
|
$ |
7.05 |
|
Granted |
|
|
411,500 |
|
|
$ |
12.05 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(57,017 |
) |
|
$ |
5.16 |
|
Cancelled |
|
|
(17,216 |
) |
|
$ |
11.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2007 |
|
|
1,688,067 |
|
|
$ |
8.29 |
|
Granted |
|
|
58,000 |
|
|
$ |
11.59 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(55,524 |
) |
|
$ |
4.71 |
|
Cancelled |
|
|
(29,084 |
) |
|
$ |
10.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2008 |
|
|
1,661,459 |
|
|
$ |
8.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
Based on the market value of the Companys common stock at March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the
pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised were $87,000, $524,000 and $1,479,000, respectively.
The followings table summarizes information about the options outstanding at March 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
Range of |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Life |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
Exercise price |
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
In Years |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Value |
|
$1.100 to $1.800 |
|
|
23,750 |
|
|
$ |
1.23 |
|
|
|
3.24 |
|
|
$ |
119,938 |
|
|
|
23,750 |
|
|
$ |
1.23 |
|
|
$ |
119,938 |
|
$2.160 to $3.600 |
|
|
352,100 |
|
|
|
2.73 |
|
|
|
3.86 |
|
|
|
1,249,955 |
|
|
|
352,100 |
|
|
|
2.73 |
|
|
|
1,249,955 |
|
$6.345 to $9.270 |
|
|
448,650 |
|
|
|
8.29 |
|
|
|
6.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448,650 |
|
|
|
8.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
$9.650 to $11.813 |
|
|
406,084 |
|
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
|
7.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
364,749 |
|
|
|
10.09 |
|
|
|
|
|
$11.900 to $13.800 |
|
|
421,000 |
|
|
|
12.05 |
|
|
|
8.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265,999 |
|
|
|
12.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
$14.500 to $19.125 |
|
|
9,875 |
|
|
$ |
16.02 |
|
|
|
5.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,875 |
|
|
$ |
16.41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,661,459 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,369,893 |
|
|
|
1,463,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,369,893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic values in the above table represent the pre-tax value of all in-the-money
options if all such options had been exercised on March 31, 2008 based on the Companys closing
stock price of $6.28 as of that date.
Options to purchase 1,463,123, 1,270,649 and 1,059,598 shares of common stock were exercisable at
the end of fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The weighted average exercise price of options
exercisable was $8.02, $7.27 and $6.28 at the end of fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
A summary of changes in the status of non-vested stock options during the fiscal year ended March
31, 2008 is presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date Fair |
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Value |
Non-vested at March 31, 2007 |
|
|
417,418 |
|
|
$ |
4.80 |
|
Granted |
|
|
58,000 |
|
|
$ |
2.77 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(273,249 |
) |
|
$ |
4.27 |
|
Cancelled or Forfeited |
|
|
(3,833 |
) |
|
$ |
3.59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at March 31, 2008 |
|
|
198,336 |
|
|
$ |
4.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company adopted FAS 123R effective April 1, 2006 using the modified prospective adoption
method. The Company did not modify the terms of any previously granted options in anticipation of
the adoption of FAS 123R. At March 31, 2008, there were $538,000 of total unrecognized compensation
expense from stock-based compensation granted under the plans, which is related to non-vested
shares. The compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting
period of 1.3 years.
NOTE Q Litigation
In December 2003, the SEC and the United States Attorneys Office brought actions against Richard
Marks, the Companys former President and Chief Operating Officer. (Mr. Marks is also the son of
Mel Marks, the Companys founder, largest shareholder and member of its Board of Directors.) Mr.
Marks ultimately pled guilty to several criminal charges in June 2005.
In June 2006, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Mr. Marks.
Under this agreement (which was unanimously approved by a Special Committee of the Board of
Directors consisting of
F-28
Messrs. Borneo, Gay and Siegel), Mr. Marks agreed to pay us $682,000 as partial reimbursement of
the legal fees and costs the Company had advanced pursuant its pre-existing indemnification
agreements with Mr. Marks. This amount was due on January 15, 2008. In June 2006, the Company
recorded a shareholder note receivable for the $682,000 Mr. Marks owes the Company. The note is
classified in shareholders equity as it is collateralized by the Companys common stock. Mr. Marks
also agreed to pay interest at the prime rate plus one percent on June 15, 2007 (paid on June 22,
2007) and January 15, 2008 (paid on January 22, 2008). Mr. Marks pledged 80,000 shares of the
Companys common stock that he owns to secure this obligation. If at any time the market price of
the stock pledged by Mr. Marks was less than 125% of Mr. Marks obligation, he was required to
pledge additional stock to maintain not less than the 125% coverage level. Under the terms of an
amendment to the agreement with Mr. Marks that was effective January 15, 2008, the Company agreed
to extend the due date of Mr. Marks obligation to pay $682,000 from January 15, 2008 to July 15,
2008. This amendment was unanimously approved by the Special Committee of the Board of Directors
that had approved the original Settlement Agreement. Mr. Marks agreed to pledge an additional
31,500 shares of the Companys common stock that he owns to secure this obligation and any
additional shares necessary to maintain no less than a 140% coverage level. Mr. Marks also agreed
to pay interest at the prime rate plus three percent during the extension period. In March 2008
and May 2008, Mr. Marks pledged additional 20,528 and 33,492 shares, respectively, to maintain the
necessary coverage level of 140%.
The Company is subject to various other lawsuits and claims in the normal course of business.
Management does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse
effect on its financial position or future results of operations.
NOTE R Related Party Transactions
The Company has entered into agreements with three members of its Board of Directors, Messrs. Mel
Marks, Philip Gay and Selwyn Joffe. In addition, the Company entered into an employment agreement
with Mr. Mervyn McCulloch.
In August 2000, the Companys Board of Directors agreed to engage Mr. Mel Marks to provide
consulting services to the Company. Mr. Marks is currently paid an annual consulting fee of
$350,000 per year. Mr. Marks was paid $350,000 in fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006. The Company can
terminate this arrangement at any time.
The Company agreed to pay Mr. Gay $90,000 per year for serving on the Companys Board of Directors,
as well as assuming the responsibility for being Chairman of the Companys Audit and Ethics
Committees.
On February 14, 2003, Mr. Joffe accepted his current position as President and Chief Executive
Officer in addition to serving as the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Joffes agreement
called for an annual salary of $542,000, the continuation of his prior agreement relative to
payment of 1% of the value of any transactions which close by March 31, 2006 and other compensation
generally provided to the Companys other executive staff members.
On April 22, 2006, the Company entered into an amendment to its employment agreement with Mr.
Joffe. Under the amendment, Mr. Joffes term of employment has been extended from March 31, 2006 to
March 31, 2008, and his base salary, bonus arrangements, 1% transaction fee right and fringe
benefits remain unchanged.
Before the amendment, Mr. Joffe had the right to terminate his employment upon a change of control
and receive his salary and benefits through March 31, 2006. Under the amendment, upon a change of
control (which has been redefined pursuant to the amendment), Mr. Joffe will be entitled to a sale
bonus equal to the sum of (i) two times his base salary plus (ii) two times his average bonus
earned for the two years immediately prior to the change of control. The amendment also grants Mr.
Joffe the right to terminate his employment within one year of a change of control and to then
receive salary and benefits for a one-year period following such termination plus a bonus equal to
the average bonus Mr. Joffe earned during the two years immediately prior to his voluntary
termination.
On March 27, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to its employment agreement with Mr. Joffe
was further amended to extend the term of this agreement from August 30, 2009 to August 31, 2012.
All other terms and conditions of Mr. Joffes employment remained unchanged. This amendment was
unanimously approved by the Companys Board of Directors.
If Mr. Joffe is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined in the amendment),
the registrant must pay Mr. Joffe (i) his base salary, (ii) his average bonus earned for the two
years immediately prior to
F-29
termination, and (iii) all other benefits payable to Mr. Joffe pursuant to the employment
agreement, as amended, through the later of two years after the date of termination of employment
or March 31, 2008. Under the amendment, Mr. Joffe is also entitled to an additional gross-up
payment to offset the excise taxes (and related income taxes on the gross-up payment) that he may
be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of parachute payments (as defined in
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) to be made to him upon a change of control. The
amendment has redefined the term for cause to apply only to misconduct in connection with Mr.
Joffes performance of his duties. Pursuant to the Amendment, any options that have been or may be
granted to Mr. Joffe will fully vest upon a change of control and be exercisable for a two-year
period following the change of control, and Mr. Joffe agreed to waive the right he previously had
under the employment agreement to require the registrant to purchase his option shares and any
underlying options if his employment were terminated for any reason. The amendment further provides
that Mr. Joffes agreement not to compete with the Company terminates at the end of his employment
term.
In February 2008, the Company entered into a letter agreement with Mr. McCulloch pursuant to which
his current pay and benefits will remain unchanged, except that Mr. McCulloch will be entitled to:
(i) a proportionate bonus for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 for his services to the Company
as Chief Financial Officer during that period so long as bonuses are generally paid to the
Companys other executives; (ii) the right to earn certain bonuses in his position as Chief
Acquisitions Officer for the successful consummation of specified acquisitions, the amount and
terms of which shall be agreed to in writing by the Companys Chief Executive Officer; and (iii)
six months notice or the payment of six months of his then current pay (or a combination thereof)
in lieu of such notice in the event of termination of his employment with the Company for any
reason.
NOTE S Equity Transaction
On May 23, 2007, the Company completed the sale of 3,641,909 shares of the Companys common stock
at a price of $11.00 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of $40,061,000 and net
proceeds of $36,905,000 after expenses, and warrants to purchase up to 546,283 shares of its common
stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. This sale was made through a private placement to
accredited investors. The warrants are callable by the Company if, among other things, the volume
weighted average trading price of the Companys common stock as quoted by Bloomberg L.P. is greater
than $22.50 for 10 consecutive trading days. As of March 31, 2008, the Company charged
approximately $3,156,000 for fees and costs related to this private placement to its additional
paid-in-capital. The fair value of the warrants at the date of grant was estimated to be
approximately $4.44 per warrant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following assumptions
were used to calculate the fair value of the warrants: dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of
40.01%; risk-free interest rate of 4.5766%; and an expected life of five years.
On July 26, 2007, the Company filed a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to
register the shares of common stock sold and the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the
warrants. This registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on October 19, 2007. The
Company is obligated to use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement
continuously effective until the earlier of (i) five years after the registration statement is
declared effective by the SEC, (ii) such time as all of the securities covered by the registration
statement have been publicly sold by the holders, or (iii) such time as all of the securities
covered by the registration statement may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act. If
the Company fails to satisfy this requirement, it is obligated to pay each purchaser of the common
stock and warrants sold in the private placement partial liquidated damages equal to 1% of the
aggregate amount invested by such purchaser, and an additional 1% for each subsequent month this
requirement is not met, until the partial liquidated damages paid equals a maximum of 19% of such
aggregate investment amount or approximately $7,612,000. As required under FASB Staff Position EITF
00-19-2, Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements, the Company determined that the
payment of such liquidated damages was not probable, as that term is defined in FASB Statement No.
5, Accounting for Contingencies. As a result, the Company did not record a liability for this
contingent obligation. Any subsequent accruals of a liability or payments made under this
registration rights agreement will be charged to earnings as interest expense in the period they
are recognized or paid.
NOTE T Customs Duties
The Company received a request for information dated April 16, 2007 from the U.S. Bureau of Customs
and Border
F-30
Protection (CBP) concerning the Companys importation of products remanufactured at the Companys
Malaysian facilities. In response to the CBPs request, the Company began an internal review, with
the assistance of customs counsel, of its custom duties procedures. During this review process, the
Company identified a potential exposure related to the omission of certain cost elements in the
appraised value of used alternators and starters, which were remanufactured in Malaysia and
returned to the United States since June 2002.
The Company provided a prior disclosure letter dated June 5, 2007 to the customs authorities in
order to obtain more time to complete its internal review process. This prior disclosure letter
also provides the Company the opportunity to self report any underpayment of customs duties in
prior years which could reduce financial penalties, if any, imposed by the CBP.
During the second quarter ended September 30, 2007, the Company determined that it was probable
that the CBP would make a claim for additional duties, fees, and interest on the value of
remanufactured units shipped back to the Company from Malaysia during the period from June 5, 2002
to September 30, 2007. As a result, the Company recorded an accrual of $1,450,000. This accrual was
increased to $1,836,000 during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and represents the
estimated maximum value of the probable claim at March 31, 2008.
On February 7, 2008, the Company responded to the CBP with the results of its internal review. In
connection with this response, the Company paid approximately $278,000 to the CBP, which included
the payment of duties, fees, and interest on the value of certain components that were used in the
remanufacture of the products shipped back to the Company during the period from June 5, 2002 to
March 31, 2007. This payment was charged against the accrued liability.
The Company has taken the position that no additional duties, fees and interest on the value of the
core portion of the products shipped back to the Company during the period from June 5, 2002 to
March 31, 2008 should be assessed by the CBP. While the Company intends to vigorously defend this
position, the Company may not prevail and the CBP may assess an additional claim. The Company is
therefore maintaining the remaining accrual amount until the outcome of the CBP review can be
determined.
NOTE U Subsequent Events
On May 16, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of Automotive Importing
Manufacturing, Inc. (AIM), specifically its operation which produced new and remanufactured
alternators and starters for imported and domestic passenger vehicles. These products are sold
under Talon®, Xtreme® and other brand names. The acquisition was consummated pursuant to a signed
definitive purchase agreement, dated April 24, 2008.
The Company believes the acquisition of AIM expands its customer base and product line, including
the addition of business in heavy duty alternator and starter applications. The assets and result
of operations of AIM was not significant to the Companys consolidated financial position or
results of operations, and thus pro forma information is not presented.
The
initial purchase price was approximately $4,600,000, which included $387,000 in transaction fees. The initial
purchase price also included $580,000, held by the Company for post-closing asset reconciliation.
The definitive purchase agreement was amended on May 16, 2008. The amendment provided for an
additional contingent consideration of up to $400,000 to AIM if the net sales to certain customers
exceed the dollar threshold during the period June 1, 2008 to May 31, 2009. Any subsequent payment
under this arrangement would increase the total purchase price and would be allocated to the
goodwill and other intangibles.
F-31
NOTE V Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
The following table summarizes selected quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended March
31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
35,441,000 |
|
|
|
33,819,000 |
|
|
|
28,182,000 |
|
|
|
35,895,000 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
25,241,000 |
|
|
|
25,574,000 |
|
|
|
20,694,000 |
|
|
|
24,608,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
10,200,000 |
|
|
|
8,245,000 |
|
|
|
7,488,000 |
|
|
|
11,287,000 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
5,992,000 |
|
|
|
5,797,000 |
|
|
|
6,646,000 |
|
|
|
6,034,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
4,208,000 |
|
|
|
2,448,000 |
|
|
|
842,000 |
|
|
|
5,253,000 |
|
Interest expense net |
|
|
1,643,000 |
|
|
|
1,543,000 |
|
|
|
1,257,000 |
|
|
|
1,005,000 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
973,000 |
|
|
|
439,000 |
|
|
|
(232,000 |
) |
|
|
1,516,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
1,592,000 |
|
|
$ |
466,000 |
|
|
$ |
(183,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,732,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following summarizes selected quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
27,424,000 |
|
|
$ |
44,165,000 |
|
|
$ |
33,334,000 |
|
|
$ |
31,400,000 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
20,258,000 |
|
|
|
39,218,000 |
|
|
|
27,479,000 |
|
|
|
28,085,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
7,166,000 |
|
|
|
4,947,000 |
|
|
|
5,855,000 |
|
|
|
3,315,000 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
3,711,000 |
|
|
|
6,573,000 |
|
|
|
5,949,000 |
|
|
|
7,525,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
3,455,000 |
|
|
|
(1,626,000 |
) |
|
|
(94,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,210,000 |
) |
Interest expense net |
|
|
822,000 |
|
|
|
1,315,000 |
|
|
|
1,883,000 |
|
|
|
1,893,000 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
1,055,000 |
|
|
|
(1,179,000 |
) |
|
|
151,000 |
|
|
|
(3,459,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
1,578,000 |
|
|
$ |
(1,762,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,128,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,644,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly and year-to-date computations of per share amounts are made independently. Therefore, the
sum of per share amounts for the quarters may not agree with per share amounts for the year shown
elsewhere in the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
F-32
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Accounts Receivable Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
(recovery of) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
Year Ended |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
bad debts |
|
Amounts |
|
end of |
March 31, |
|
Description |
|
period |
|
expense |
|
written off |
|
period |
2008 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
|
$ |
124,000 |
|
|
$ |
124,000 |
|
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
2007 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
26,000 |
|
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
|
$ |
183,000 |
|
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
2006 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
9,000 |
|
|
$ |
3,000 |
|
|
$ |
26,000 |
|
Accounts Receivable Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
(recovery of) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
Year Ended |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
bad debts |
|
Amounts |
|
end of |
March 31, |
|
Description |
|
period |
|
expense |
|
Processed |
|
period |
2008 |
|
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
$ |
823,000 |
|
|
$ |
(295,000 |
) |
|
$ |
36,000 |
|
|
$ |
492,000 |
|
2007 |
|
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
$ |
1,980,000 |
|
|
$ |
(71,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,086,000 |
|
|
$ |
823,000 |
|
2006 |
|
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
$ |
584,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,360,000 |
|
|
$ |
(36,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,980,000 |
|
Inventory Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(recovery of) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
excess and |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
Year Ended |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
obsolete |
|
Amounts |
|
end of |
March 31, |
|
Description |
|
period |
|
inventory |
|
written off |
|
period |
2008 |
|
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
$ |
2,093,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,016,000 |
|
|
$ |
347,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,762,000 |
|
2007 |
|
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
$ |
1,989,000 |
|
|
$ |
379,000 |
|
|
$ |
275,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,093,000 |
|
2006 |
|
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
$ |
2,392,000 |
|
|
$ |
(173,000 |
) |
|
$ |
230,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,989,000 |
|
S-1